<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<Law Era="Meiji" Lang="en" LawType="Act" Num="48" PromulgateDay="9" PromulgateMonth="3" Year="32">
  <LawNum/>
  <LawBody>
    <TOC>
      <TOCLawTitle>COMMERCIAL CODE</TOCLawTitle>
      <TOCPart Num="1">
        <PartTitle>BOOK I. -- General provisions.</PartTitle>
        <TOCChapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. -- Application of law.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. -- Traders.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. -- Commercial registration.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. -- Trade names.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. -- Trade books.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. -- Trade assistants.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="7">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VII. -- Commercial agents.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
      </TOCPart>
      <TOCPart Num="2">
        <PartTitle>BOOK II. Commercial companies.</PartTitle>
        <TOCChapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. -- General provisions.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. -- Ordinary partnerships.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- Formation.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. - Internal relations of the partnership.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="3">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION III. -- External relations of the partnership.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="4">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IV. -- Termination of a partner's membership.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="5">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION V. -- Dissolution.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="6">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VI. -- Liquidation.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. -- Limited partnerships.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. -- Joint stock companies.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- Formation.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -- Shares.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="3">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION III. -- Organization</SectionTitle>
            <TOCSubsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. -- General meetings of shareholders.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
            <TOCSubsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. -- Directors.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
            <TOCSubsection Num="3">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION III. -- Inspectors.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="4">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IV. -- Accounts.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="5">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION V. -- Debentures.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="6">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VI. -- Alterations of the com- pany contract.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="7">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VII. -- Dissolution.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="8">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VIII. -- Liquidation.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. -- Joint stock limited partnerships.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. -- Foreign companies.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="7">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VII. -- Penal provisions.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
      </TOCPart>
      <TOCPart Num="3">
        <PartTitle>BOOK III. -- Commercial transactions.</PartTitle>
        <TOCChapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. -- General provisions.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. -- Sale.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. -- Current account.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. -- Anonymous association.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. -- Brokerage.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. -- Commission agency.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="7">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VII. -- Forwarding agency.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="8">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VIII. -- Carriage.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- The carriage of goods.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -- The carriage of passengers.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="9">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IX. -- Deposit.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- General provisions.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -- Warehousing.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="10">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER X. -- Insurance.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- Insurance against loss.</SectionTitle>
            <TOCSubsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. -- General provisions.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
            <TOCSubsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. -- Insurance against fire.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
            <TOCSubsection Num="3">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION III. -- Insurance on carriage.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -Insurance on life.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
      </TOCPart>
      <TOCPart Num="4">
        <PartTitle>BOOK IV. -- Bills.</PartTitle>
        <TOCChapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. -- General provisions</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. -- Bills of exchange.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- The drawing of a bill of exchange.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -- Indorsement.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="3">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION III. -- Acceptance.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="4">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IV. -- Claim for security.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="5">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION V. -- Payment</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="6">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VI. -- Claim for recourse.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="7">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VII. -- Suretyship.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="8">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VIII. -- Intervention.</SectionTitle>
            <TOCSubsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. -- Acceptance for honour.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
            <TOCSubsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. -- Payment for honour.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="9">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IX. -- Protest</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="10">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION X. -- Parts and copies of bills of exchange</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. -- Promissory notes.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. -- Cheques.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
      </TOCPart>
      <TOCPart Num="5">
        <PartTitle>BOOK V. -- Commerce by sea</PartTitle>
        <TOCChapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. -- Ships and shipowners.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. -- Mariners.</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- The master.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -- Seamen.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. -- Carriage by sea</ChapterTitle>
          <TOCSection Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. -- The carriage of goods.</SectionTitle>
            <TOCSubsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. -- General provisions.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
            <TOCSubsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. -- Bills of lading.</SubsectionTitle>
            </TOCSubsection>
          </TOCSection>
          <TOCSection Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. -- The carriage of passengers.</SectionTitle>
          </TOCSection>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. -- Sea damage.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. -- Marine Insurance.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
        <TOCChapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. -- Ship's creditors.</ChapterTitle>
        </TOCChapter>
      </TOCPart>
    </TOC>
    <LawTitle>COMMERCIAL CODE</LawTitle>
    <MainProvision>
      <Part Num="1">
        <PartTitle>BOOK I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</PartTitle>
        <Chapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. THE APPLICATION OF LAW.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="1">
            <ArticleTitle>1.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In case there is no provision in this Code as to a commercial matter, the customary commercial law shall apply, or if there is no such customary law, the Civil Code shall apply.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="2">
            <ArticleTitle>2.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of this Code apply to commercial transactions of public juridical persons only if not otherwise provided by law or regulation.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="3">
            <ArticleTitle>3.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a transaction is a commercial one with regard to one party thereto, the provisions of this Code apply to all parties.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. TRADERS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="4">
            <ArticleTitle>4.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader in the sense of this Code is a person who in his own name carries on commercial transactions as a business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="5">
            <ArticleTitle>5.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a minor or a married woman carries on a commercial business, registration must be made.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="6">
            <ArticleTitle>6.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A minor or a married woman, who has been permitted to become a partner with unlimited liability of a company, is treated as a person of full capacity as to the business of such company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="7">
            <ArticleTitle>7.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a guardian carries on a commercial business for his ward, registration must be made.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A restriction on the right of representation of the guardian cannot be set up against third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="8">
            <ArticleTitle>8.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions relating to commercial registration, trade names and trade books do not apply to persons who buy and sell things as pedlars or on the streets or to other petty traders.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. COMMERCIAL REGISTRATION.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="9">
            <ArticleTitle>9.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Facts required to be registered according to the pro visions of this Code are registered on the application of the person concerned in the Commercial Register kept by the court of his scat of business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="10">
            <ArticleTitle>10.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Facts required to be registered at the place of a principal office must also be registered at the place of every branch office, except as otherwise provided by this Code.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="11">
            <ArticleTitle>11.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Facts entered in the Commercial Register must without delay be published by the Court.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="12">
            <ArticleTitle>12.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A fact to be registered cannot be set up against third persons acting in good faith, until after it has been registered and published ; and not even then against third persons who for a just cause were ignorant of such fact.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="13">
            <ArticleTitle>13.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a fact to be registered at the place of a branch office has not been registered, the provisions of the preceding article apply only to business transacted at such branch office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="14">
            <ArticleTitle>14.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A registration may be set up against third persons, even though it differs from the publication.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="15">
            <ArticleTitle>15.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If any alteration takes place in a fact registered, or if such fact ceases to exist, such alteration or cessation must without delay be registered by the persons concerned.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. TRADE NAMES.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="16">
            <ArticleTitle>16.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader may use his family name or his full name or any other denomination as his trade name.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="17">
            <ArticleTitle>17.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the trade name of a company the word 合名會社(gōmeikwaisha) or 合資會社(gōshikwaisha) or 株式會社 (kabushikikwaisha) or 株式合資會社(kabushikigōshikwaisha) must be used according to the nature of the company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="18">
            <ArticleTitle>18.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Where no company exists, no word indicating the existence of a company must be used in the trade name. This applies also when the business of a company is taken over by another person.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A person who acts in contravention of the provisions of the foregoing paragraph is liable to a fine of from five yen to fifty yen.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="19">
            <ArticleTitle>19.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trade name which is already registered for another person cannot be registered in the same city, town or village for the same business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="20">
            <ArticleTitle>20.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A person who has his trade name registered may demand against any one using the same or a similar * trade name for the purpose of improper competition, that he discontinue such use ; but this does not affect any claim for damages.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A person who uses the registered trade name of another in the same city, town or village for the same business is presumed to do so for the purpose of improper competition.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="21">
            <ArticleTitle>21.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The assignment of a trade name can be set up against third persons only if it is registered.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="22">
            <ArticleTitle>22.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a person has assigned his business together with the trade name, he is, unless the parties concerned have expressed a different intention, not allowed for a period of twenty years to carry on the same business in the same city, town or village.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the person assigning expressly contracts not to carry on the same business, such contract has effect only for the same Fu or Ken and only for a period not exceeding thirty years.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The person assigning is irrespective of the provisions of the preceding two paragraphs not allowed to carry on the same business for the purpose of improper competition.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="23">
            <ArticleTitle>23.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the preceding article apply correspondingly where the business alone is assigned.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="24">
            <ArticleTitle>24.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a person for whom a trade name is registered has given up such trade name or has changed it without having registered such fact, any party interested may apply to the court for the cancellation of such registration.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In such case the court must summon the person for whom the registration was made to present his objections within a reasonable time to be fixed by the court. If no objection is made within such time, the registration must be forthwith cancelled by the court.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. TRADE BOOKS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="25">
            <ArticleTitle>25.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A trader must keep books and record therein accurately and clearly his daily dealings and all circumstances affecting his property. As to household expenses only the total monthly amount need be entered.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As to the dealings of a retail business, only the total amount of each day's sales may be entered, separating cash sales and credit sales.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="26">
            <ArticleTitle>26.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>At the time when a trader commences business, or when the formation of a company is registered, and once in each year at a fixed time, a general inventory of movables and immovables, of credits and debts and of other property as well as a balance-sheet must be made and entered in a book specially kept for such purpose.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the inventory a valuation must be inserted of the movables and immovables and of the credits and other property as at the time of making the inventory.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="27">
            <ArticleTitle>27.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a company distributes profits twice a year or oftener, it must make an inventory and balance-sheet according to the provisions of the preceding article at the time of each distribution.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="28">
            <ArticleTitle>28.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader must preserve his trade books and business correspondence for a period of ten years.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Such period is to be computed for a trade book from the time when it is closed.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. TRADE ASSISTANTS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="29">
            <ArticleTitle>29.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader may appoint a procurator to carry on his businesseither at the principal office or at a branch office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="30">
            <ArticleTitle>30.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A procurator is authorized to do in the place of the principal all transactions in or out of court relating to the principal's business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A procurator may appoint and dismiss banto, clerks and other assistants.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Any limitation of the power of representation of a procurator cannot be set up against third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="31">
            <ArticleTitle>31.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The principal must register the appointment of a procurator and the termination of his power of representation at the place of the principal office or the branch office for which he is appointed.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="32">
            <ArticleTitle>32.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Without the permission of the principal a procurator is not allowed to do commercial transactions on his ownaccount or on that of a third person, or to become a partner with unlimited liability of a company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a procurator in violation of the foregoing provisions undertakes a commercial transaction on his own account, the principal may consider such transaction as done on his account.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>This right of the principal ceases, if it is not exercised for two weeks from the time when the principal receives notice of such transaction, or if a year has elapsed since the time of the transaction.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="33">
            <ArticleTitle>33.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader may appoint a banto or a clerk for particular parts of, or for specially fixed matters relating to his business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A banto or a clerk is authorized to do all acts relating to the matters entrusted to him.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="34">
            <ArticleTitle>34.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Assistants other than procurators, banto or clerks are presumed not to be authorized to do juristic acts in the place of the principal.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="35">
            <ArticleTitle>35.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>By the provisions of this chapter the application of the provisions of the Civil Code as to the relations arising from the hiring between the principal and trade assistants is not affected.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="7">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VII. COMMERCIAL AGENTS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="36">
            <ArticleTitle>36.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A commercial agent is a person who, without being an assistant, habitually acts on behalf of a particular trader as his representative or intermediary in commercial transactions belonging to the branch of business of such trader.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="37">
            <ArticleTitle>37.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a commercial agent has acted as representative or intermediary in a commercial transaction, he must without delay give notice thereof to the principal.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="38">
            <ArticleTitle>38.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Without the permission of the principal, a commercial agent is not allowed to do on his own account or on that of a third person commercial transactions falling within the kind of business carried on by the principal, or to become a partner with unlimited liability of a company whose object is the same kind of business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a commercial agent acts in contravention of these provisions, the provisions of Art. 32, 2 and 3 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="39">
            <ArticleTitle>39.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a commercial agent has been entrusted with the sale of goods, he is entitled to receive any notice relating to a defect in the goods sold or a deficiency in their quantity and to the performance of the sale.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="40">
            <ArticleTitle>40.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When the time of duration of the contract has not been fixed by the parties, it may be terminated by either party on a two months' notice.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Irrespective of whether a time of duration has been fixed or not, the contract may be terminated at any time by either party, if an unavoidable necessity exists for doing so.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="41">
            <ArticleTitle>41.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Unless a different intention has been expressed, a commercial agent has a right of retention against all property whose possession he holds on account of the principal, for all obligations arising in his favour from his acting as representative or as intermediary in commercial transactions.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
      </Part>
      <Part Num="2">
        <PartTitle>BOOK II. COMPANIES.</PartTitle>
        <Chapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="42">
            <ArticleTitle>42.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A company in the sense of this Code is a shadan established for the purpose of doing commercial transactions as a business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="43">
            <ArticleTitle>43.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>There are four kinds of companies, namely : Ordinary partnerships, limited partnerships, joint stock companies and joint stock limited partnerships.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="44">
            <ArticleTitle>44.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A company is a juridical person.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A company has its domicile at the place of its principal office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="45">
            <ArticleTitle>45.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The formation of a company cannot be set up against third persons unless it is registered at the place of its principal office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="46">
            <ArticleTitle>46.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A company cannot begin to make preparations for commencing business unless it is registered at the place of its principal office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="47">
            <ArticleTitle>47.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a company does not commence business within six months after registration at the place of its principal office, the court may on the application of the public procurator or of its own motion order its dissolution. If, however, good cause is shown, the above mentioned term may be extended on the application of the company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="48">
            <ArticleTitle>48.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a company does acts contrary to the public welfare or to good morals, the court may on the application of the public procurator or of its own motion order its dissolution.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. ORDINARY PARTNERSHIPS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. FORMATION.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="49">
              <ArticleTitle>49.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The formation of an ordinary partnership must be by a written contract.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="50">
              <ArticleTitle>50.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A partnership contract must be signed by all the partners, and must contain the following particulars :</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The object ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The trade name ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name and domicile of each partner ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place of the principal office and of each branch office ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The nature and value of the contributions of the partners or the basis of valuation.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="51">
              <ArticleTitle>51.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The partnership must within two weeks from the day of the making of the partnership contract register at the place of the principal office and of each branch office the following particulars :</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The facts mentioned under Nos. 1-3 of the preceding article ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The principal office and the branch offices ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The date of formation ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a time of duration or causes for dissolution arc fixed, such time or causes ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The nature of the contribution of the partners and the value of any contribution whose subject is property ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If partners who are to represent the partnership have been designated, their names.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If after the formation of the partnership a branch office is established, the registration provided for in the preceding paragraph must be made at the place of such branch office within two weeks, and the fact that a branch office has been established must be registered within the same time at the place of the principal office and of each other branch office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a new branch office is established within the jurisdiction of the Registry Office under whose jurisdiction the principal office or a branch office is situated, it is sufficient to register the fact that a branch office has been established.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="52">
              <ArticleTitle>52.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a partnership transfers its principal office or a branch office to another place, such transfer must be registered at the former place within two weeks, and at the new place the registration provided for in Art. 51, 1 must be made within the same time.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the transfer is to a place within the jurisdiction of the same Registry Office, only such transfer must be registered.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="53">
              <ArticleTitle>53.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If an alteration takes place in the facts mentioned in Art. 51, 1, it must be registered at the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. THE INTERNAL RELATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP,</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="54">
              <ArticleTitle>54.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>So far as the relations between the partners are not otherwise determined by the partnership contract or by this Code, the provisions of the Civil Code as to associations apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="55">
              <ArticleTitle>55.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the contribution of a partner consists in an obligation existing in his favour, if the debtor does not perform it when it falls due, the partner is himself bound to perform. In such case he is not only liable for interest but must also pay damages.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="56">
              <ArticleTitle>56.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Each partner has the right and it is his duty to conduct the affairs of the partnership, unless it is otherwise provided in the partnership contract.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="57">
              <ArticleTitle>57.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The appointment and the dismissal of a procurator is decided upon by a majority vote of the partners, even though special partners for conducting the affairs of the partnership have been appointed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="58">
              <ArticleTitle>58.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The consent of all the partners is required for any alteration of the partnership contract and for all transactions foreign to the object of the partnership.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="59">
              <ArticleTitle>59.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a partner assigns the whole or a part of his interest in the partnership to another person without the assent of the other partners, such assignment cannot be set up against the partnership.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="60">
              <ArticleTitle>60.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Without the assent of the other partners no partner can, cither on his own account or on that of a third person, undertake commercial transactions in the same kind of business as that of the partnership or become a partner with unlimited liability in another company whose object is the same kind of business.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a. partner in contravention of the foregoing provisions undertakes a commercial transaction for his own account, the other partners may by a majority vote decide that such transaction is to be considered as done on account of the partnership.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>This right ceases if it is not exercised within two weeks from the time when one of the other partners had notice of such transaction, or if a year has elapsed since the time of transaction.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="3">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION III. THE EXTERNAL RELATIONS OF THE PARTNERSHIP.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="61">
              <ArticleTitle>61.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Unless particular partners have been designated by the partnership contract or by the consent of all partners to represent the partnership, it is represented by each partner.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="62">
              <ArticleTitle>62.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Partners who arc to represent the partnership are authorized to do all acts in or out of court relating to the business of the partnership.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 44, 1 and 54 of the Civil Code apply correspondingly to ordinary partnerships.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="63">
              <ArticleTitle>63.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a partnership's obligations cannot be wholly satisfied out of the partnership property, all partners are jointly liable for their performance.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="64">
              <ArticleTitle>64.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A partner admitted to the partnership after its formation is liable also on all obligations incurred by the partnership before his admittance.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="65">
              <ArticleTitle>65.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a person who is not a partner does an act which is calculated to produce the belief that he is a partner, he is liable as such to third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="66">
              <ArticleTitle>66.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A reduction of the contribution of a partner cannot be set up against a creditor of the partnership ; except in case the reduction is not objected to by the creditor within two years from the time when it is registered at the principal office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="67">
              <ArticleTitle>67.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A partnership must not distribute any profits, until all losses have been made good.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a distribution is made in contravention of this provision, the creditors of the partnership may demand that the amount so distributed be refunded.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="4">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IV. TERMINATION OF A PARTNER'S MEMBERSHIP.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="68">
              <ArticleTitle>68.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the duration of the partnership is not fixed by the partnership contract, or if it is provided that the partnership shall continue for the life time of a partner, any partner may withdraw at the end of a business year, but he must give a six months' notice.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Irrespective of whether the duration of the partnership has been fixed or not, a partner may at any time withdraw, if an unavoidable necessity exists for doing so.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="69">
              <ArticleTitle>69.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In addition to the cases mentioned in Art. 68, a partner's membership is terminated :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By any cause specified in the partnership contract ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By the consent of all the partners ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By his death ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By his bankruptcy ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By his being adjudged incompetent ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By his expulsion.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="70">
              <ArticleTitle>70.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The expulsion of a partner can take place only in the following cases and by unanimous resolution of the other partners:--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If he is not able to make his contribution, or if he does not make it within a reasonable time after being notified to do so ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If he acts contrary to the provisions of Art. 60, 1 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If he commits a dishonest act towards the partnership in the conduct of its affairs or in representing it ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If without being entitled to conduct the affairs of the partnership he interferes with the conduct of its affairs ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If in any other respect he neglects to perform an essential duty, The expulsion can be set up against the partner only after notice thereof has been given to him.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="71">
              <ArticleTitle>71.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When the membership of a partner terminates, he is entitled to repayment of his interest, even though his contribution consisted in personal services or credit, unless it be otherwise determined by the partnership contract.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="72">
              <ArticleTitle>72.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the family name or full name of a partner whose membership has terminated, is used in the trade name, he is entitled to demand the discontinuance of such use.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="73">
              <ArticleTitle>73.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A partner whose membership has terminated continues liable on all the obligations of the partnership incurred before the termination of his membership has been registered at the place of the principal office. This liability is extinguished after two years from the time of -such registration.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing paragraph apply correspondingly to a partner who has assigned his interest in the partnership with the assent of the other partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="5">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION V. DISSOLUTION.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="74">
              <ArticleTitle>74.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A partnership is dissolved :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By the expiration of the time for which it was formed, or by any cause specified in the partnership contract ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the business forming the object of the partnership has been completely accomplished, or if its accomplishment is impossible :</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By the consent of all the partners ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By the consolidation of the partnership ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If only one partner remains ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By the bankruptcy of the partnership :</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By order of the court.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="75">
              <ArticleTitle>75.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In the case specified in Art. 74, No. 1 the partnership may be continued by the consent of all or of a part of the partners. As to such partners as do not consent, it is deemed that they have withdrawn.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="76">
              <ArticleTitle>76.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Except in the case of consolidation and of bankruptcy, the dissolution of a partnership must be registered at the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="77">
              <ArticleTitle>77.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The consolidation of a partnership can take place by the consent of all the partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="78">
              <ArticleTitle>78.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the partnership has passed a resolution for consolidation, it must within two weeks from the day of such resolution make an inventory and a balance-sheet.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The partnership must within the aforesaid period issue a public notice to its creditors to present their objections, if they have any, within a fixed time, and creditors known to the partnership must be specially notified. The time fixed must not be less than two months.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="79">
              <ArticleTitle>79.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A creditor who does not present any objection against the consolidation of the partnership within the time fixed in Art. 78, 2 is deemed to consent thereto.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a creditor presents an objection, consolidation can only take place if the partnership makes performance to him or gives him proper security.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A consolidation made in contravention to the foregoing paragraph cannot be set up against any creditor by whom objection has been made.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="80">
              <ArticleTitle>80.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A consolidation which is made without a public notice as prescribed in Art. 78, 2 being issued, cannot be set up against the creditors of the partnership.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If consolidation is made without notification being given to a creditor known to the partnership, it cannot be set up against such creditor.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="81">
              <ArticleTitle>81.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When consolidation has been made, there must be made in the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks a registration of the alteration in respect to the partnership which continues in existence after the consolidation, a registration of the dissolution in respect to the partnership which is extinguished by the consolidation, and a registration as prescribed in Art. 51, 1 in respect to the partnership which is created by the consolidation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="82">
              <ArticleTitle>82.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The partnership continuing after the consolidation or created by it, succeeds to the the rights and duties of the partnership which has been extinguished by consolidation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="83">
              <ArticleTitle>83.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Any partner may apply to the court for the dissolution of the partnership, if an unavoidable necessity exists for it. The court, however, may in such case on the application of a partner in lieu of dissolution expel individual partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="6">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VI. LIQUIDATION.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="84">
              <ArticleTitle>84.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Even after dissolution a partnership is deemed to continue in existence so far as necessary for the purposes of liquidation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="85">
              <ArticleTitle>85.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The manner of disposing of the property of a dissolved partnership may be determined by the partnership contract or by the consent of all the partners. In such case an inventory and a balance-sheet must be made within two weeks from the day of dissolution.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the foregoing case the provisions of Arts. 78, 2, 79 and 80 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="86">
              <ArticleTitle>86.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the manner of disposing of the property of the partnership is not determined in the way provided in the preceding article, liquidation, except in the case of consolidation or bankruptcy, must take place in compliance with the provisions of the following thirteen articles.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="87">
              <ArticleTitle>87.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Liquidation is carried on by all the partners or by persons appointed by them.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The appointment of liquidators is decided by a majority vote of the partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="88">
              <ArticleTitle>88.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case mentioned in Art. 74, No. 5 the liquidators are appointed by the court on the application of any person interested.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="89">
              <ArticleTitle>89.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the dissolution of a partnership has taken place by order of the court, liquidators are appointed by the court on the application of any person interested or of the public procurator.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="90">
              <ArticleTitle>90.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When liquidators have been appointed, they must register their names and domiciles at the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="91">
              <ArticleTitle>91.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The duties of the liquidators arc as follows :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>To wind up the pending business ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>To collect obligations existing in favour of the partnership and perform obligations due from it ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>To distribute its remaining property.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liquidators have power to do all acts in and out of court necessary for the performance of the duties mentioned in the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Any restriction upon the powers of representation of the liquidators cannot be set up against third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="4">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 81 of the Civil Code apply correspondingly in the case of the liquidation of ordinary partnerships.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="92">
              <ArticleTitle>92.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the presently available property of the partnership is insufficient to fully meet its obligations, the liquidators may require the partners to make their contributions irrespective of the time of maturity.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="93">
              <ArticleTitle>93.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If there is more than one liquidator, acts relating to the liquidation are decided upon by a majority vote. As to third persons, however, the partnership is represented by each individual liquidator.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="94">
              <ArticleTitle>94.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After the liquidators have assumed their functions, they must without delay examine the actual condition of the partnership property, make an inventory and a balancesheet and communicate them to the partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If requested by the partners, the liquidators must make a monthly report as to the actual state of the liquidation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="95">
              <ArticleTitle>95.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liquidators can distribute the partnership property among the partners only after all the obligations of the partnership have been performed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="96">
              <ArticleTitle>96.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Liquidators who have been appointed by the partners may be removed at any time. The removal is decided upon by a majority vote of the partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>For an important cause, the court may remove a liquidator upon the application of any person interested.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="97">
              <ArticleTitle>97.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A removal or change of a liquidator must be registered at the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="98">
              <ArticleTitle>98.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the functions of the liquidators come to an end, they must without delay render an account and submit it for approval to each partner.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a partner does not object to the account within one month, he is deemed to have approved it. This, however, does not apply, so far as the liquidators have acted in a dishonest way.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="99">
              <ArticleTitle>99.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>At the end of the liquidation the liquidators must register that fact without delay at the place of the principal office and of each branch office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="100">
              <ArticleTitle>100.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the formation of a partnership is rescinded after it has already commenced business, liquidation must take place as in the case of dissolution. In such case liquidators arc appointed by the court on the application of any person interested.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="101">
              <ArticleTitle>101.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The books of the partnership, its business correspondence and all papers relating to the liquidation must be preserved for a period of ten years, which period is computed in the case mentioned in Art. 85 from the time when the dissolution, in other cases from the time when the ending of the liquidation is registered at the place of the principal office. The custodian is appointed by a majority vote of the partners.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="102">
              <ArticleTitle>102.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a partner dies leaving several heirs, they must appoint one person for the exercising of the rights of the partner relating to the liquidation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="103">
              <ArticleTitle>103.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liability of the partners specified in Art. 63 is extinguished after five years from the registration of the dissolution of the partnership at the place of the principal office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Even after the expiration of the aforementioned period, the creditors of the partnership may demand performance out of property which yet has remained undistributed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="104">
            <ArticleTitle>104.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A limited partnership consists of partners with limited liability and partners with unlimited liability.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="105">
            <ArticleTitle>105.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the provisions relating to ordinary partnerships apply correspondingly to limited partnerships.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="106">
            <ArticleTitle>106.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The partnership contract of a limited partnership must in addition to the particulars specified in Art. 50 contain a statement of whether the liability of each partner is limited or unlimited.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="107">
            <ArticleTitle>107.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A limited partnership must within two weeks from the time of the making of the partnership contract register, at the place of its principal office and of each branch office, in addition to the particulars specified in Art. 51, 1, a statement of whether the liability of each partner is limited or unlimited.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="108">
            <ArticleTitle>108.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The contribution of a partner with limited liability can be only in money or other property.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="109">
            <ArticleTitle>109.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Unless the partnership contract contains a different provision, each partner with unlimited liability has the right, and it is his duty, to conduct the affairs of the partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If there are two or more partners with unlimited liability, the conduct of the affairs of the partnership is decided upon by a majority vote.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="110">
            <ArticleTitle>110.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The appointment and the dismissal of a procurator must be decided upon by a majority vote of the partners with unlimited liability, even though there arc special partners appointed for the conduct of the affairs of the partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="111">
            <ArticleTitle>111.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A partner with limited liability may at the end of a business year during business hours inspect the inventory and the balance-sheet of the partnership and inquire into its affairs and the state of its property.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>For any important cause the court may upon the application of a partner with limited liability empower him to inquire at any time into the affairs of the partnership and the state of the partnership property.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="112">
            <ArticleTitle>112.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>With the assent of all the partners with unlimited liability, a partner with limited liability may dispose of the whole or a part of his interest in the partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="113">
            <ArticleTitle>113.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A partner with limited liability may on his own account as well as on that of a third person undertake commercial transactions falling under the kind of business carried on by the partnership, or he may become a member with unlimited liability in another commercial company carrying on the same kind of business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="114">
            <ArticleTitle>114.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Unless by the partnership contract or by the consent of all the partners particular partners with unlimited liability are designated to represent the partnership, each of the partners with unlimited liability is entitled to represent it.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="115">
            <ArticleTitle>115.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A partner with limited liability cannot conduct the affairs of the partnership or represent it.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="116">
            <ArticleTitle>116.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a partner with limited liability docs an act calculated to produce the belief that he is a partner with unlimited liability, he is liable as such to third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="117">
            <ArticleTitle>117.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a partner with limited liability dies, his heir becomes partner in his place.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a partner with limited liability is. adjudged incompetent, his membership does not terminate thereby.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="118">
            <ArticleTitle>118.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A limited partnership is dissolved, if the membership of all the partners with unlimited liability or of all the partners with limited liability is terminated. If, however, the membership of all the partners with limited liability is terminated, the partners with unlimited liability may by a unanimous resolution determine that the partnership shall be continued as an ordinary partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the case of the aforesaid proviso there must be made at the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks a registration of dissolution in respect to the limited partnership, and the registration as prescribed in Art. 51. 1 in respect to the ordinary partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. JOINT STOCK COMPANIES.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. FORMATION.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="119">
              <ArticleTitle>119.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>For the formation of a joint stock company at least seven promoters are required.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="120">
              <ArticleTitle>120.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The promoters must make and sign a company contract, which must contain the following particulars :</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The object ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The trade name ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The total amount of the capital ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount of each share ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The number of shares which the directors must hold ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place of the principal office and of each branch office ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The manner in which the public notifications of the company are made ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="8">
                  <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The names and domiciles of the promoters.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="121">
              <ArticleTitle>121.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the particulars mentioned in Art. 120, Nos. 5-7 arc not inserted in the company contract, such omission may be supplied at the general meeting for organization or at a general meeting of the shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The resolution of the general meeting of shareholders above mentioned must be made in compliance with the provisions of Art. 209.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="122">
              <ArticleTitle>122.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In case any determination is made as to the following particulars, it is valid only if inserted in the company contract, namely:--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The time of the duration or the causes for dissolution ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The issue of shares above the face value ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Any special benefits to be granted to promoters, and the names of such persons ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The names of those persons whose contributions consist in property other than money, the nature and value of such property and the number of shares given in exchange ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Expenses of formation to be borne by the company, and the amount of compensation to be given to the promoters.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="123">
              <ArticleTitle>123.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If all the shares have been taken by the promoters, the company comes into existence thereby. In such case the promoters must without delay make the first payment, which shall not be less than one quarter of the amount of the shares, and must appoint the directors and inspectors. Such appointment is decided upon by a majority vote of the promoters.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="124">
              <ArticleTitle>124.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After the directors have been appointed, they must without delay make an application to the court for the appointment of an examiner, in order that the latter may inquire into the matters mentioned in Art. 122, Nos. 3-5, and whether the first payment has been made.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The court on hearing the report of the examiner may make any proper disposition, following correspondingly the provisions of Art. 135.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="125">
              <ArticleTitle>125.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the promoters do not take all the shares, they must invite subscriptions.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="126">
              <ArticleTitle>126.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A person who intends to subscribe for shares must insert in two copies of the instrument of subscription the number of shares to be taken by him, and must add his signature.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Instruments of subscription must be made up by the promoters, and must contain the following particulars :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The date of the making of the company contract ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The particulars specified in Arts. 120 and 122 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The number of shares taken by each promoter ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount of the first payment.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If shares are issued above the face value, the subscriber must insert in the instrument of subscription the value for which the shares are taken.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="127">
              <ArticleTitle>127.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A person who has subscribed for shares is bound to make payment in accordance with the number of shares to be taken by him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="128">
              <ArticleTitle>128.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The value for which the shares are issued must not be less than the face value.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The amount of the first payment must not be less than one quarter of the amount of the shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="129">
              <ArticleTitle>129.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When all the shares have been taken, the promoters must without delay cause the first payment to be made upon each share.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When shares are issued above the face value, the promoters must cause the excess amount to be paid together with the first payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="130">
              <ArticleTitle>130.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a person who has taken shares docs not make the payment provided for in the preceding article, the promoters may notify him that he must pay within a fixed time, which must not be less than two weeks, and that he will lose his rights, if he does not pay within that time.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If such person does not pay after having received such notification, he loses his rights, and the promoters may again invite subscriptions for the shares taken by him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>By the provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs the right of claiming damages against the person who has taken shares is not affected.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="131">
              <ArticleTitle>131.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When payment upon all the shares as provided in Art. 129 has been made, the promoters must without delay call the general meeting for organization.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the meeting for organization all resolutions must be passed by a majority vote of those present, who must be at least half in number and value of the persons who have taken shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 156, 1 and 2, 161,3 and 4, 162 and 163, 1 and 2 apply correspondingly to the general meeting for organization.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="132">
              <ArticleTitle>132.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The promoters must make a report to the general meeting for organization on all facts relating to the organization of the company.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="133">
              <ArticleTitle>133.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the general meeting for organization directors and inspectors must be appointed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="134">
              <ArticleTitle>134.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Directors and inspectors must inquire into the following particulars, and report thereon to the general meeting for organization, namely :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Whether the whole number of shares have been taken ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Whether on each share the payment provided for in Art. 129 has been made ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Whether the matters specified in Art. 122, Nos. 3-5 are proper.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If directors or inspectors have been appointed from among the promoters, the general meeting for organization may appoint special examiners to inquire into and report upon the matters above mentioned in place of the said directors and inspectors.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="135">
              <ArticleTitle>135.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If it appears in the general meeting for organization that the matters specified in Art. 122, Nos. 3-5 are not proper, they may be altered ; but if in the case of a person whose contribution is to be made in property other than money, the number of the shares to be granted therefor is diminished, he may make payment in money.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="136">
              <ArticleTitle>136.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If there are shares which have not been taken, or upon which the payment provided for in Art. 129 has not been fully made, the promoters arc jointly bound to take such shares or to make such payment. The same applies, if subscriptions for shares arc rescinded.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="137">
              <ArticleTitle>137.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the preceding two articles do not affect the right of claiming damages against the promoters.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="138">
              <ArticleTitle>138.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the general meeting for organization a resolution may be passed to alter the company contract or to abandon the formation of the company.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="139">
              <ArticleTitle>139.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case where the promoters have not taken all the shares, the company comes into existence upon the ending of the general meeting for organization.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="140">
              <ArticleTitle>140.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the payment provided for in Art. 129 is not completely made within one year after all the shares have been taken, or if the promoters do not call the general meeting for organization within six months after such payment has been completely made, any person who has taken shares may rescind his subscription and demand that any amount already paid by him be refunded.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="141">
              <ArticleTitle>141.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A company must register within two weeks in the place of its principal office and of each branch office the following particulars :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Those specified in Art. 120, Nos. 1-4 and 7 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The principal office and each branch office ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The date of formation ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the term of duration or causes for dissolution are fixed, such term or causes ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount paid upon each share ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If it has been determined that interest shall be paid before the commencement of business, the rate of interest ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The names and domiciles of the directors and inspectors. The period of two weeks above mentioned begins, in case the promoters have taken all the shares, from the day when the examination provided for in Art. 124 is finished, and in case the promoters have not taken all the shares, from the day when the general meeting for organization is ended.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 51, 2 and 3, 52 and 53 apply correspondingly to joint stock companies.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="142">
              <ArticleTitle>142.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After registration as provided in Art. 141, 1 has been made at the place of the principal office, a person who has taken shares can no longer rescind his subscription on the ground of fraud or coercion.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. SHARES.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="143">
              <ArticleTitle>143.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The capital of a joint stock company must be divided into shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="144">
              <ArticleTitle>144.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liability of a shareholder is limited to the amount of shares taken or acquired by him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A shareholder cannot avail himself of a set off against the company as to payments on shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="145">
              <ArticleTitle>145.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The amount of all the shares must be equal.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The amount of a share cannot be less than fifty yen, except that where the whole amount is to be paid up at one time, the amount of a share may be reduced to not less than twenty yen.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="146">
              <ArticleTitle>146.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a share is held by two or more persons in common, they must appoint one person to exercise their rights as shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Persons holding a share in common arc jointly liable to the company for the payment of the amount of the share.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="147">
              <ArticleTitle>147.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Certificates of shares cannot be issued before registration according to the provisions of Art. 141, 1 has been made at the place of the principal office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Certificates issued in contravention of this provision arc invalid ; but this docs not affect the right to claim damages against the persons who have issued such certificates.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="148">
              <ArticleTitle>148.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Each certificate must be signed by the directors, bear a number and contain the following particulars :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The trade name of the company ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The date when registration according to the provisions of Art. 141, j has been made at the place of the principal office ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The total amount of the capital ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount of each share.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Unless the whole amount of the shares is to be paid up at one time, the amount of each payment made upon the shares must be inserted in the certificate at the time of the payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="149">
              <ArticleTitle>149.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Unless it is otherwise provided by the company contract, a share may be assigned to another person without the assent of the company. Such assignment or a previous promise of assignment, however, cannot be made until registration according to the provisions of Art. 141, 1 is made at the place of the principal office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="150">
              <ArticleTitle>150.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The assignment of a name-share cannot be set up against the company or any other third person, unless the name and domicile of the assignee is entered in the list of shareholders and his name inserted in the certificate.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="151">
              <ArticleTitle>151.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A company cannot acquire its own shares or take them in pledge.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">An amortization of shares can only be made according to the provisions as to the reduction of the capital. This, however, does not apply, where pursuant to the company contract such amortization is made from profits which might have been distributed among the shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="152">
              <ArticleTitle>152.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Notice of a call on the shares must be given to each shareholder at least two weeks beforehand.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a shareholder does not make payment by the day fixed, the company may again notify such shareholder that payment must be made within a fixed time, which must not be less than two weeks, and that otherwise his rights as shareholder will be forfeited.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="153">
              <ArticleTitle>153.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a shareholder fails to pay a call even after the company has taken the proceedings mentioned in the preceding article, his rights are forfeited.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In such case the company shall notify all the assignors of the share to pay within a fixed time, which must not be less than two weeks. The assignor who first pays the amount in arrear acquires the share.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If no assignor pays, the share must be publicly sold by the company. If the amount realized by such sale is not sufficient to cover the amount in arrear, the original holder of the share may be required to pay the deficit. If he docs not perform within two weeks, the company may demand performance of any of the assignors.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="4">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the last three paragraphs do not affect the right of the company to claim damages and any penalty specially provided for in the company contract.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="154">
              <ArticleTitle>154.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liability of any assignor mentioned in the preceding article is extinguished after two years have elapsed since the time when the assignment was entered in the list of shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="155">
              <ArticleTitle>155.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the whole amount of the share has been paid up, a shareholder may require his certificate to be made out to bearer.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A shareholder may at any time have a share to bearer changed into a name-share.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="3">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION III. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY.</SectionTitle>
            <Subsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="156">
                <ArticleTitle>156.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When a general meeting is to be convened, notice must be given to each shareholder two weeks before the date fixed for such meeting.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The notice must state the object of the meeting and the matters to be voted upon.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the company has issued shares to bearer, a public notification of the general meeting and of the particulars specified in the preceding paragraph must be given three weeks before the date fixed for the meeting.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="157">
                <ArticleTitle>157.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>An ordinary general meeting must be called by the directors once a year at a fixed time.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the case of a company in which distribution of profits takes place twice a year or oftener, a general meeting must be called at the time of each distribution.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="158">
                <ArticleTitle>158.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The ordinary general meeting examines the documents submitted to it by the directors and the report of the inspectors, and passes resolutions as to the distribution of profits or interest.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The general meeting may appoint special examiners to examine into the correctness of the documents above mentioned.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="159">
                <ArticleTitle>159.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>An extraordinary general meeting is called by the directors, whenever there is a necessity for doing so.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="160">
                <ArticleTitle>160.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The holders of at least one tenth of the capital may require the directors to call an extraordinary general meeting. The request must be in writing, and must specify the object of the meeting and the reasons for its convening.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the directors do not proceed to call the general meeting within two weeks after such request has been made, the shareholders who made the request may call the meeting with the permission of the court.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="161">
                <ArticleTitle>161.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Except as otherwise provided by this Code or by the company contract, a resolution of the general meeting must be passed by a majority vote of the shareholders present.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Persons holding certificates to bearer cannot exercise their right of voting unless they have deposited their certificates with the company one week before the day of the meeting.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A shareholder may exercise his right of voting by a proxy, who must produce to the company a document proving his right of representation.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="4">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A person who has a special interest in a resolution of the company, cannot exercise his right of voting.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="162">
                <ArticleTitle>162.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A shareholder has one vote for each share. The company contract may, however, restrict the voting powers of a person holding eleven shares or more.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="163">
                <ArticleTitle>163.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the procedure for convening a general meeting or the manner in which a resolution is passed, is contrary to law or regulations or to the company contract, the court may on the application of a shareholder decree the invalidity of the resolution.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Such application must be made within one month from the day of the resolution.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a shareholder who is not a director or inspector makes such application, he must deposit his certificates, and upon demand of the company he must give proper security.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
            <Subsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. DIRECTORS.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="164">
                <ArticleTitle>164.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Directors arc elected in a general meeting of shareholders from among the shareholders.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="165">
                <ArticleTitle>165.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The directors must be at least three in number.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="166">
                <ArticleTitle>166.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The duration of the office of a director must not exceed three years ; but he may be re-elected after the expiration of such period.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="167">
                <ArticleTitle>167.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A director may be removed at any time by a resolution passed in a general meeting of the shareholders. But if a director who is appointed for a certain period, is without reasonable cause removed before the expiration of such period, he may claim as against the company such damages as may have accrued to him thereby.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="168">
                <ArticleTitle>168.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The directors must deposit with the inspectors such-number of share certificates as may have been provided for by the company contract.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="169">
                <ArticleTitle>169.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If not otherwise provided for by the company contract, the conduct of the company's affairs is decided upon by a majority vote of the directors. The same applies to the appointment or removal of procurators.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="170">
                <ArticleTitle>170.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Each of the directors is entitled to represent the company.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 62 apply correspondingly to directors.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="171">
                <ArticleTitle>171.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The directors must keep at the principal office and at each branch office the company contract and the minutes of the resolutions passed at the general meetings, and at the principal office the list of shareholders and the debenture list.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Any shareholder or any creditor of the company may at any time during business hours demand an inspection of the documents mentioned in the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="172">
                <ArticleTitle>172.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the list of shareholders the following particulars must be entered :--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name and domicile of the shareholders ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The number of shares held by each shareholder and the serial numbers of the certificates ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The amount paid upon each share and the date of the payment ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="4">
                    <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The date of the acquisition of each share ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="5">
                    <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If certificates of shares to bearer have been issued, their total number, their serial numbers and the date of their issue.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="173">
                <ArticleTitle>173.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the debenture list the following particulars must be entered :</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name and domicile of the creditors ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The serial numbers of the debentures ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The total amount of the debentures ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="4">
                    <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The amount in money of each debenture ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="5">
                    <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The rate of interest on the debentures ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="6">
                    <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The manner and time of repayment of the debentures ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="7">
                    <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The date of the issue of the debentures ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="8">
                    <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The date of the acquisition of each debenture ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="9">
                    <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If debentures to bearer have been issued, their total number, their serial numbers and the date of their issue.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="174">
                <ArticleTitle>174.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a company has lost half the amount of its capital, the directors must without delay call a general meeting of shareholders and inform it thereof.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the property of the company is no longer sufficient to fully meet its obligations, the directors must at once apply to the court to have the company adjudged bankrupt.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="175">
                <ArticleTitle>175.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Without the consent of a general meeting of shareholders no director can undertake commercial transactions in the same kind of business as that of the company, either on his own account or that of a third person, or become a partner with unlimited liability in another company whose object is the same kind of business.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a director, in contravention of the foregoing provisions, undertakes a commercial transaction for his own account, the general meeting of shareholders may consider such transaction as done on account of the company.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>This right ceases if it is not exercised within two months from the time when one of the inspectors had notice of such transaction, or if a year has elapsed since the time of the transaction.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="176">
                <ArticleTitle>176.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A director can do business with the company either on his own account or on that of a third person only when he has obtained the consent of the inspectors.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="177">
                <ArticleTitle>177.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A director who does an act contrary to law or regulations or to the company contract is not exempted from liability for damages therefor to third persons, even though he has done so in compliance with a resolution of a general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>These provisions do not apply to a director who in the general meeting has opposed such act and has given notice thereof to the inspectors.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="178">
                <ArticleTitle>178.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a general meeting of shareholders passes a resolution to bring a suit against the directors, or if in case it passes a resolution not to bring such a suit, shareholders holding not less than one tenth of the capital require of the inspectors that such a suit be brought, the company must bring the suit within one month from the day of the resolution or the request.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Shareholders who have made such a request are bound to deposit their share certificates and upon the demand of the inspectors to give proper security.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the suit fails, such shareholders are liable for damages to the company only.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="179">
                <ArticleTitle>179.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the amount of the salary to be paid to the directors is not fixed by the company contract, it is fixed by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
            <Subsection Num="3">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION III. INSPECTORS.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="180">
                <ArticleTitle>180.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The duration of the office of an inspector is one year, but he may be re-elected after such time has elapsed.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="181">
                <ArticleTitle>181.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Inspectors may at any time require the directors to give them information about the business, or may inquire into the affairs of the company and the state of its property.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="182">
                <ArticleTitle>182.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Inspectors may call a general meeting of shareholders, whenever they consider such a measure necessary. Such general meeting may appoint special examiners to inquire into the affairs of the company and the state of its property.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="183">
                <ArticleTitle>183.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>It is the duty of the inspectors to examine the papers which are to be submitted to a general meeting of shareholders by the directors and to make a report thereon to the meeting.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="184">
                <ArticleTitle>184.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">An inspector cannot at the same time be a director or procurator. If, however, there is a vacancy in the board of directors, some one from among the inspectors may be nominated by a resolution of the directors and inspectors to discharge temporarily the duties of a director.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>An inspector discharging the duties of a director under the foregoing provisions cannot discharge the duties of an inspector, until the approval of a general meeting of shareholders according to Art. 192, 1 is obtained.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="185">
                <ArticleTitle>185.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In case the company brings a suit against the directors or the latter against the former, the company is in regard to such suit represented by the inspectors. The general meeting of shareholders, however, may appoint another person as representative.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When a request to bring a suit against the directors is made by shareholders holding not less than one tenth of the capital, a special representative may be designated.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="186">
                <ArticleTitle>186.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>An inspector is liable to the company and to third persons for any damage caused by his having neglected his duties.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="187">
                <ArticleTitle>187.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a general meeting of shareholders passes a resolution to bring a suit against the inspectors, or if in case it passes a resolution not to bring such a suit shareholders holding not less than one tenth of the capital require of the directors that such a suit be brought, the company must bring the suit within one month from the day of the resolution or the request. In such case the proviso of Art. 185, 1 and the provisions of Art. 185, 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Shareholders who have made such a request are bound to deposit their share certificates and upon the demand of the directors to give proper security.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the suit fails, such shareholders are liable for damages to the company only.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="188">
                <ArticleTitle>188.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The office of an inspector is vacated by his bankruptcy or by his being adjudged imcompetent.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="189">
                <ArticleTitle>189.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 164, 167 and 179 apply correspondingly to inspectors.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="4">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IV. ACCOUNTS OF THE COMPANY.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="190">
              <ArticleTitle>190.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The directors must submit to the inspectors the following documents one week before the day of the ordinary general meeting, namely :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>An inventory ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>A balance-sheet ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>A report on the company's business ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>An account of profits and losses ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Proposals relating to the reserve fund and to the distribution of profits or interest.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="191">
              <ArticleTitle>191.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The directors must deposit before the day of the ordinary general meeting at the principal office the documents mentioned in the preceding article and the. report of the inspectors.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Shareholders and creditors of the company may at any time during business hours demand an inspection of the documents above mentioned.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="192">
              <ArticleTitle>192.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The directors must submit to the ordinary general meeting the documents mentioned in Art. 190 for approval.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After such approval has been given, the balancesheet must be published by the directors.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="193">
              <ArticleTitle>193.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When the approval mentioned in Art. 192, 1 has been given by the ordinary general meeting, the company is deemed to have absolved the directors and inspectors from responsibility. This does not, however, apply so far as directors or inspectors have acted in a dishonest manner.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="194">
              <ArticleTitle>194.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The company must set aside at each distribution of profits at least one twentieth of such profits as a reserve fund, until the latter amounts to one fourth of the capital.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If shares have been issued at a value higher than the face value, the amount exceeding the face value must be added to the reserve fund, until the latter has reached the above mentioned amount.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="195">
              <ArticleTitle>195.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A company may distribute profits only after all losses have been made good and the amount for the reserve fund prescribed in Art. 194, 1 has been set aside.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a distribution has been made in contravention of the foregoing provisions, the creditors of the company may demand that the amount so distributed be refunded.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="196">
              <ArticleTitle>196.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If it appears that, according to the nature of the business for the carrying on of which the company is formed, operations cannot be commenced within two years or longer from the day when the registration provided for in Art. 141, 1 has been made at the place of the principal office, it may be provided in the company contract that a fixed interest shall be paid to the shareholders until the commencement of the business operations ; but the rate of such interest shall not exceed the legal rate of interest.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>For a provision of the company contract as mentioned in the foregoing paragraph the permission of the court must be obtained.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="197">
              <ArticleTitle>197.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">All distributions of profits or interest shall be made in proportion to the amount paid in upon the shares according to the company contract. This, however, does not apply so far as there arc different provisions in regard to preference shares issued by the company.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="198">
              <ArticleTitle>198.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The court may upon the application of shareholders representing not less than one tenth of the capital appoint examiners to inquire into the affairs of the company and the state of its property.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The examiners must report to the court the result of their examination. In such case the court may, if such measure is deemed necessary, order the inspectors to call a general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="5">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION V. DEBENTURES.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="199">
              <ArticleTitle>199.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Subscriptions for debentures may be invited only pursuant to a resolution as provided in Art. 209.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="200">
              <ArticleTitle>200.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The total amount of debentures issued must not exceed the amount paid in upon the shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the actual property of the company as shown by the last balance-sheet is less than the amount above mentioned, the total amount of debentures must not exceed the amount of such property.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="201">
              <ArticleTitle>201.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The amount of each debenture must not be less than twenty yen.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="202">
              <ArticleTitle>202.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If it is provided that the amounts to be paid back to the debenture holders shall exceed the face value of the debentures, such excess must be the same for all debentures.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="203">
              <ArticleTitle>203.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When subscriptions for debentures are to be invited, the directors must publish the following particulars :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Those mentioned in Art. 173, Nos. 3 -- 6 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The trade name of the company ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If debentures have been previously subscribed for, the total amount not yet paid back ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount for which the debentures are to be issued, or the lowest amount ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The capital of the company and the total amount paid in on the shares ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount of the actual property of the company, as shown by the last balance-sheet.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="204">
              <ArticleTitle>204.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the subscriptions for debentures are completed, the directors must call for the payment of the whole amount of each debenture.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The directors must register at the place of the principal office and of each branch office the particulars specified in Art. 173, Nos. 3--6 within two weeks from the day when they received payment of the full amount in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="205">
              <ArticleTitle>205.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In each debenture must be inserted the particulars specified in Art. 203, Nos. 1 and 2 and its serial number, and it must be signed by the directors.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="206">
              <ArticleTitle>206.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The assignment of a name-debenture cannot be set up against the company or against any other third person, unless the name and domicile of the assignee have been entered in the debenture list and his name inserted in the debenture.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="207">
              <ArticleTitle>207.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 155 apply correspondingly to debentures.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="6">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VI. ALTERATIONS OF THE COMPANY CONTRACT.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="208">
              <ArticleTitle>208.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An alteration of the company contract can be made only by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="209">
              <ArticleTitle>209.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A resolution to alter the company contract is passed by a majority vote of those present, who must be at least one half in number and value of all the shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the quorum required by the foregoing paragraph is not present, those present may pass a provisional resolution by a majority vote. In such case the contents of the provisional resolution must be communicated to each shareholder, and, if certificates to bearer are issued, must be published, and another general meeting of shareholders must be called within a period of not less than one month.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The second meeting of shareholders decides by a majority vote of those present whether the provisional resolution shall be adhered to or not.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="4">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs do not apply to an alteration of the business for the carrying on of which the company is formed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="210">
              <ArticleTitle>210.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The capital of a company can be increased only after the total amount has been paid in upon the shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="211">
              <ArticleTitle>211.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A company may issue preference shares only in case the capital is to be increased. Such fact must be entered in the company contract.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="212">
              <ArticleTitle>212.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a company has issued preference shares, it is necessary for any alteration of the company contract by which the preference shareholders might be prejudiced, that the resolution to make such alteration be passed not only by a general meeting of shareholders, but also by a general meeting of the preference shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>All provisions as to general meetings of shareholders apply correspondingly to general meetings of the preference shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="213">
              <ArticleTitle>213.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When in the case of an increase of the capital the payment provided for in Art. 129 has been made on all the new shares, the directors must without delay call a general meeting of shareholders and communicate to it all the particulars relating to the subscription for new shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="214">
              <ArticleTitle>214.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The inspectors must inquire into the following particulars and report thereon to the general meeting of shareholders, namely :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Whether the whole number of new shares has been taken ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Whether the payment provided for in Art. 129 has been made upon each new share ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If any person is to contribute property other than money, whether the number of shares to be given in exchange for such property is proper.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The general meeting of shareholders may appoint special examiners in order to make the inquiries and the report mentioned in the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="215">
              <ArticleTitle>215.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the general meeting of shareholders finds that the number of shares to be given in exchange for property other than money is improper, it may reduce them ; in which case the proviso of Art. 135 applies correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="216">
              <ArticleTitle>216.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If there are shares not yet taken or on which the payment provided for in Art. 129 has not yet been fully made, the directors are jointly bound to take such shares or to make such payment. The same applies if a subscription for shares has been rescinded.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="217">
              <ArticleTitle>217.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The company must register the following particulars at the place of the principal office and of each branch office within two weeks from the day of the ending of the general meeting of shareholders convened in accordance with the provisions of Art. 213, namely :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The whole amount of the capital increased ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The date of the resolution to increase the capital ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount paid in upon each new share ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If preference shares have been issued, the rights of their holders.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Until registration in accordance with the foregoing provisions has been made at the place of the principal office, no certificate for the new shares may be issued, and no assignment of them nor a previous promise of assignment may be made.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="218">
              <ArticleTitle>218.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When new shares are issued, the date of the registration made at the place of the principal office in accordance with the provisions of Art. 217, 1 must be inserted in the share certificates.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If preference shares are issued, the rights of their holders must be stated in the share certificates.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="219">
              <ArticleTitle>219.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 127--130, 140, 142 and 147, 2 apply correspondingly in the case of the issue of new shares.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="220">
              <ArticleTitle>220.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a resolution is passed at a general meeting of shareholders to reduce the capital, the manner of such reduction must be determined at the same time.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 78--80 apply correspondingly to the case of a reduction of the capital.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="7">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VII. DISSOLUTION.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="221">
              <ArticleTitle>221.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A company is dissolved :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the cases specified in Art. 74, Nos. 1, 2, 4, 6 and 7 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>By a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>When the number of shareholders is reduced to less than seven.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="222">
              <ArticleTitle>222.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The resolution mentioned in Art. 221, No. 2 and a resolution for the consolidation can only be passed in accordance with the provisions specified in Art. 209.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="223">
              <ArticleTitle>223.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a. company desires to consolidate with another, it may give public notice thereof and suspend the assignment of name-shares for a period of not more than one month before the day of the general meeting of shareholders and during such meeting.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After a resolution of consolidation has been passed by a general meeting, the shareholders cannot assign name-shares from the day of the resolution until registration according to the provisions of Art. 81 has been effected at the place of the principal office.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="224">
              <ArticleTitle>224.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Upon the dissolution of a company, excepting the case of bankruptcy, the directors must without delay give notice thereof to the shareholders, and if shares to bearer have been issued, public notice of the dissolution must be given.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="225">
              <ArticleTitle>225.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 76 and 78 apply correspondingly to joint stock companies.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="8">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VIII. LIQUIDATION.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="226">
              <ArticleTitle>226.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Upon the dissolution of a joint stock company, excepting the case of consolidation and of bankruptcy, the directors become liquidators, unless it is otherwise provided by the company contract, or other persons are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If there are no persons to be liquidators under the preceding provisions, liquidators are appointed by the court upon the application of any person interested.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="227">
              <ArticleTitle>227.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liquidators must without delay after they have entered upon their duties inquire into the present state of the property of the company, make an inventory and balance-sheet and submit them to a general meeting of shareholders for approval.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing paragraph the provisions of Arts. 158, 2 and 192, 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="228">
              <ArticleTitle>228.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Liquidators appointed by a general meeting of shareholders may at any time be removed by a resolution of a general meeting.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>For any important cause the court may remove liquidators upon the application of the inspectors or of shareholders representing at least one tenth of the capital.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="229">
              <ArticleTitle>229.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The remaining property is to be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to the amounts paid in upon the shares in accordance with the company contract. This, however, does not apply so far as there exist different provisions in regard to preference shares issued by the company.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="230">
              <ArticleTitle>230.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Upon the completion of the liquidation the liquidators must without delay make a written account and submit it to the general meeting of shareholders for approval.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing paragraph the provisions of Arts. 158, 2 and 193 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="231">
              <ArticleTitle>231.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the procedure for convening a general meeting or the manner in which resolutions arc passed, is contrary to law or regulations or to the company contract, the liquidators must apply for a decree of invalidity of the resolutions.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="232">
              <ArticleTitle>232.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When after the commencement of business by the company it is discovered that its formation was invalid, liquidation must take place as in the case of dissolution. In such case liquidators are appointed by the court upon the application of any person interested.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="233">
              <ArticleTitle>233.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The company's books, its business correspondence and all papers relating to the liquidation must be kept for a period of ten years from the time when the ending of the liquidation was registered at the place of the principal office. The custodian is to be appointed by the court upon the application of the liquidators or of any other person interested.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="234">
              <ArticleTitle>234.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 84, 89-93, 95, 97, 99, 159, 160, 163, 176-178, 181, 183-185 and 187 of this Code, and Arts. 79 and 80 of the Civil Code apply correspondingly in the case of the liquidators of a joint stock company.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. JOINT STOCK LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="235">
            <ArticleTitle>235.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A joint stock limited partnership consists of partners with unlimited liability and shareholders.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="236">
            <ArticleTitle>236.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As to the following particulars the provisions relating to limited partnerships apply correspondingly :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The relations between partners with unlimited liability ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The relations between partners with unlimited liability on the one hand and shareholders and third persons on the other ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The termination of the membership of a partner with unlimited liability.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Except as to those particulars the provisions relating to joint stock companies apply correspondingly to joint stock limited partnerships, unless otherwise provided in this chapter.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="237">
            <ArticleTitle>237.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The partners with unlimited liability acting as promoters must make and sign a company contract, which must contain the following particulars :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Those specified in Art. 120, Nos. 1, 2, 4, 6 and 7 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The total amount of the shares ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The names and domiciles of the partners with unlimited liability ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The nature and value of the contributions of the partners with unlimited liability other than payments for shares or the standard of estimation.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="238">
            <ArticleTitle>238.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The partners with unlimited liability must invite subscriptions for the shares.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>An instrument of subscription must contain the following particulars:--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Those specified in Arts. 122, 126, 2, Nos. 1 and 4 and in the preceding article ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If partners with unlimited liability have taken shares, the number which each has taken.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="239">
            <ArticleTitle>239.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the general meeting for organization inspectors must be appointed.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A partner with unlimited liability cannot become an inspector.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="240">
            <ArticleTitle>240.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Partners with unlimited liability are entitled to attend the general meeting for organization and express their opinions ; but even though they have taken shares, they cannot be included among the voters.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The shares taken by partners with unlimited liability and other contributions made by them cannot be taken into account in respect to the right of voting.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs apply correspondingly to general meetings of shareholders.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="241">
            <ArticleTitle>241.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The inspectors must inquire into the particulars specified in Arts. 134, 1 and 237, No. 4 and make a report thereon to the general meeting for organization.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="242">
            <ArticleTitle>242.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The company must register at the place of the principal office and of each branch office the following particulars within two weeks from the day when the general meeting for organization is ended, namely :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Those specified in Art. 120, Nos. 1, 2, 4 and 7 and Art. 141, I, No. 2-6 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The total amount of the shares ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The names and domiciles of the partners with unlimited liability ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The nature of the contributions of the partners with unlimited liability other than payments for shares and the value of their contributions in property ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If partners with unlimited liability who are to represent the company are designated, the names of such partners ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The names and domiciles of the inspectors.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="243">
            <ArticleTitle>243.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The provisions as to directors of a joint stock company, excepting those of Arts. 164-168, 175 and 179 apply correspondingly to those partners with unlimited liability who are to represent the company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="244">
            <ArticleTitle>244.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In addition to a resolution of a general meeting of shareholders, the consent of all the partners with unlimited liability is required, for matters as to which in the case of a limited partnership the consent of all the partners is necessary.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 209 apply correspondingly to the resolution mentioned in the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="245">
            <ArticleTitle>245.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The inspectors are bound to cause the partners with unlimited liability to carry into effect the resolutions passed by a general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="246">
            <ArticleTitle>246.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Except in the case specified in Art. 83, a joint stock limited partnership is dissolved by the same causes as a limited partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="247">
            <ArticleTitle>247.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the membership of all the partners with unlimited liability terminates, the shareholders may by a resolution as specified in Art. 209 continue the company as a joint stock company. In such case resolutions must be passed as to all matters necessary to the organization of a joint stock company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing paragaph the provisions of Art. 118, 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="248">
            <ArticleTitle>248.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When a joint stock limited partnership is dissolved otherwise than by consolidation, bankruptcy or an order of the court, liquidation is carried on by all the partners with unlimited liability or by persons appointed by them, together with persons appointed by a general meeting of shareholders, unless it be otherwise provided by the company contract.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The appointment of liquidators by the partners with unlimited liability is determined by a majority vote.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The number of liquidators appointed by the general meeting of shareholders and the number of all the partners with unlimited liability or their heirs or of the persons appointed by them must be equal.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="249">
            <ArticleTitle>249.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The partners with unlimited liability may at any time remove the liquidators appointed by them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 248, 2 apply correspondingly to the removal of liquidators,</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="250">
            <ArticleTitle>250.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 102 apply correspondingly to the partners with unlimited liability of a joint stock limited partnership.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="251">
            <ArticleTitle>251.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In respect to the accounts provided in Arts. 227, 1 and 230, 1 the liquidators must in addition to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders obtain the approval of all the partners with unlimited liability.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="252">
            <ArticleTitle>252.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A joint stock limited partnership may alter its organization into that of a joint stock company in compliance with the provisions of Art. 244.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="253">
            <ArticleTitle>253.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the case mentioned in the preceding article the general meeting of shareholders must at once pass resolutions as to all the matters necessary for the organization of a joint stock company. In that general meeting also the partners with unlimited liability are entitled to exercise the right of voting in proportion to the number of shares to be taken by them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing paragraph the provisions of Arts. 78 and 79, 1 and 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="254">
            <ArticleTitle>254.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A joint stock limited partnership must within two weeks after it has obtained the approval of its creditors for the alteration of its organization or after it has performed the duties specified in Art. 79, 2, make at the place of its principal and of each branch office, as to the joint stock limited partnership the registration of its dissolution, and as to the joint stock company the registration provided for in Art. 141, 1.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. FOREIGN COMPANIES</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="255">
            <ArticleTitle>255.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A foreign company which sets up a branch office in Japan must make the same registrations and public notifications as companies of the same kind or of the kind most resembling it, existing in Japan.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In addition a foreign company which sets up a branch office in Japan must appoint a representative residing in Japan, and must register his name and domicile at the same time with the registration of the branch office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 62 apply correspondingly to a representative of a foreign company.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="256">
            <ArticleTitle>256.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If particulars which are to be registered according to the provisions of Art. 255, 1 and 2 happen in a foreign country, the period for their registration is computed from the time when notice thereof arrives.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="257">
            <ArticleTitle>257.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a foreign company first sets up a branch office in Japan, other persons may disregard the existence of the company, until it has been registered at the place of such branch office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="258">
            <ArticleTitle>258.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A company which sets up its principal office in Japan or which makes it its principal object to carry on business in Japan, must, even though it is formed in a foreign country, comply with the same provisions as a company formed in Japan.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="259">
            <ArticleTitle>259.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 147, 149, 150, 155, 1, 206, 207 and 217, 2 apply correspondingly to the issue of shares and to the assignment of shares or debentures of a foreign company in Japan. In that case such branch office as is first set up in Japan is deemed to be the principal office.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="260">
            <ArticleTitle>260.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a representative of a foreign company which has set up a branch office in Japan commits as to the affairs of such company an act contrary to the public welfare or to good morals, the court may upon application of the public procurator or of its own motion order such branch office to be closed.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="7">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VII. PENAL PROVISIONS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="261">
            <ArticleTitle>261.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Promoters, partners conducting the affairs of a company, directors, representatives of foreign companies, inspectors or liquidators are liable to a fine of from five yen to five hundred yen :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they fail to make any registration prescribed in this Book ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they fail to give any public notification or any notice prescribed in this Book, or if they give a false public notification or notice ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they without just reason do not allow any inspection of the papers which they are bound to allow according to the provisions of this Book ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they obstruct any enquiry provided for in this Book ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they commence to make preparations for opening business in contravention of the provisions of Art. 46 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in violation of the provisions of Arts. 126, 2 and 238, 2 they omit to make out instruments of subscription or to enter therein particulars which should be entered, or if they make false entries ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="7">
                <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they issue share certificates in contravention of the provisions of Art. 147, 1 or Art. 217, 2 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="8">
                <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they omit to enter in share or debenture certificates any particulars which should be entered, or if they make false entries ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="9">
                <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they omit to keep at the principal office or at a branch office the company contract, the list of shareholders, the debenture list, the minutes of the resolutions passed at general meetings, the inventories, the balance-sheets, the business reports, the accounts of profits and losses, or the proposals concerning the reserve fund and the distribution of profits or interest ; or if they omit to enter therein particulars which should be entered, or if they make false entries ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="10">
                <ItemTitle>10.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in violation of the provisions of Art. 174, 1 or Art. 198, 2 they omit to call a general meeting of shareholders.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="262">
            <ArticleTitle>262.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Promoters, partners conducting the affairs of a company, directors, representatives of foreign companies, inspectors or liquidators are liable to a fine of from ten yen to one thousand yen :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they make false statements to the public authorities or to a general meeting or conceal facts from them ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in contravention of the provisions of Arts. 78--80 they proceed with a consolidation, the disposal of the property of the company, a reduction of its capital or an alteration of its organization ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they obstruct any examination of the examiners ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in violation of the provisions of Art. 151, 1, they acquire shares or take them on pledge, or if in contravention of Art. 151, 2 they amortize shares ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in contravention of the provisions of Art.155,1 they issue share certificates to bearer ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in violation of Art. 174, 2 of this Code or of Art. 81 of the Civil Code they fail to apply for an adjudication in bankruptcy ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="7">
                <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in violation of the provisions of Art. 194 they omit to set aside a reserve fund, or if they make a distribution in contravention of the provisions of Art. 195, 1 or Art. 196 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="8">
                <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they invite subscriptions for debentures in contravention of the provisions of Art. 200 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="9">
                <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they act in contravention of an order of the court made according to the provisions of Art. 260 ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="10">
                <ItemTitle>10.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If they perform to a creditor within the period specified in Art. 79 of the Civil Code, or if in contravention of the provisions of Art. 95 of this Code they distribute property of the company.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
      </Part>
      <Part Num="3">
        <PartTitle>BOOK III. COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS.</PartTitle>
        <Chapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="263">
            <ArticleTitle>263.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The following are commercial transactions :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions whose object is either the acquisition for value of movables, immovables or securities with the intention of disposing of them for profit, or the disposal of things thus acquired ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Contracts for the supplying of movables or securities to be acquired from others, and transactions for acquiring such things for value in order to perform such contracts ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions on exchange ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions relating to bills and other commercial instruments of credit.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="264">
            <ArticleTitle>264.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The following are commercial transactions, if done as a regular business :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions whose object is either the acquisition for value or the hiring of movables or immovables with the intention of letting them, or the letting of things thus acquired or hired ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions relating to the manufacture or working up of things for other persons ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions relating to the supplying of electricity or gas ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions relating to carriage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions of contractors for the execution of works or the furnishing of labours ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions relating to publishing, printing or photographing ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="7">
                <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Business of a place for entertaining guests ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="8">
                <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Money changing and other banking business ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="9">
                <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Insurance ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="10">
                <ItemTitle>10.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Reception of deposits</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="11">
                <ItemTitle>11.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Transactions relating to brokerage or intermediation ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="12">
                <ItemTitle>12.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Assuming the representation in commercial transactions. These provisions do not apply to transactions of persons who make things or render services merely for the purpose of earning wages.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="265">
            <ArticleTitle>265.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Transactions made by a trader for the purposes of his business are commercial transactions.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The transactions of a trader arc presumed to be made for the purposes of his business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="266">
            <ArticleTitle>266.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A commercial transaction takes effect as against the principal, even though his representative has not disclosed the fact that he is acting for him. If, however, the other party did not know that the representative was acting for the principal, he is not prevented from claiming performance from the representative.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="267">
            <ArticleTitle>267.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A mandatary in a commercial transaction may do acts not mentioned in the mandate, as far as they are not contrary to its meaning.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="268">
            <ArticleTitle>268.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A right of representation founded upon a mandate for a commercial transaction is not extinguished by the death of the principal.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="269">
            <ArticleTitle>269.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Inter praesentes an offer to make a contract loses its effect, if the offeree does not accept it forthwith.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="270">
            <ArticleTitle>270.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Inter absentes an offer to make a contract, in which no time for acceptance is fixed, loses its effect, if the offeree does not give notice of acceptance within a proper time.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In such case the provisions of Art. 523 of the Civil Code apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="271">
            <ArticleTitle>271.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If an offer to make a contract pertaining to the branch of business carried on by him is made to a trader by a person with whom he is in regular commercial connection, he must declare his acceptance or rejection of it without delay. If he fails to do so, he is deemed to have accepted the offer.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="272">
            <ArticleTitle>272.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When an offer is made to a trader to make a contract pertaining to the branch of business carried on by him, if together with such offer goods are received, the trader must, even though he refuses to accept the offer, keep the goods safely at the cost of the offerer, unless the value of the goods would not suffice to cover the cost of their keeping or their keeping would be detrimental to him.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="273">
            <ArticleTitle>273.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If two or more persons by a transaction which is a commercial transaction for one or all of them take upon themselves an obligation, each of them is jointly liable on such obligation.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If in the case of a surety the obligation has arisen by a commercial transaction of the principal debtor, or if the suretyship is a commercial transaction, the principal debtor and the surety are jointly liable on the obligation, even though they assumed it by separate acts.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="274">
            <ArticleTitle>274.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader who in the course of his business makes a transaction on behalf of another person, is entitled to a reasonable compensation.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="275">
            <ArticleTitle>275.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the case of a loan of money concluded between traders, the lender is entitled to legal interest.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A trader who has in the course of his business expended money for another person is entitled to legal interest thereon from the day of its expenditure.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="276">
            <ArticleTitle>276.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The rate of legal interest as to an obligation arising out of a commercial transaction is six per cent per annum.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="277">
            <ArticleTitle>277.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 349 of the Civil Code do not apply to a pledge created as a security for an obligation arising from a commercial transaction.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="278">
            <ArticleTitle>278.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the place where an obligation arising out of a commercial transaction is to be performed is not determined by the nature of the transaction or by the expressed intention of the parties, delivery of a specific thing is to be made at the place where the thing was at the time of the transaction. Otherwise performance is to be made at the present place of business of the creditor, or if there is no such place of business, at his domicile.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The performance of an obligation performable to order or to bearer must be made at the present place of business of the debtor, or if there is no such place of business, at his domicile.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As to business transacted in a branch office, the latter is deemed to be the place of business.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="279">
            <ArticleTitle>279.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The debtor on an obligation performable to order or to bearer, even though a time of payment is fixed for it, is in inora* only from the day when the holder after such time having arrived, has presented the instrument for performance.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="280">
            <ArticleTitle>280.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 278, 2 and 279 apply correspondingly to the obligations mentioned in Art. 471 of the Civil Code.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="281">
            <ArticleTitle>281.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If an instrument performable to order or to bearer whose subject is the prestation of money or other things is lost, the holder may after he has applied for a public summons require the debtor to deposit the thing which is the subject of the obligation, or to make performance according to the tenor of the instrument ; the latter, however, only provided he gives a proper security.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="282">
            <ArticleTitle>282.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 441, 457, 461 and 464 apply correspondingly to obligations performable to order, whose subject is the prestation of money or other things.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="283">
            <ArticleTitle>283.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If by law or regulation or by usage certain business hours have been fixed, the performance of an obligation can be made or demanded only during such business hours.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="284">
            <ArticleTitle>284.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">As between traders, a creditor may, when an obligation arising from a transaction which on both sides is a commercial transaction has come due, retain until performance any thing belonging to the debtor which he has in his possession by virtue of a commercial transaction between them, unless a different intention has been expressed.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="285">
            <ArticleTitle>285.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Except as otherwise provided in this Code, an obligation which has arisen from a commercial transaction is extinguished by prescription, if it is not exercised for five years ; but if by law or regulation a shorter period of prescription is provided, such provision is to govern.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. SALE.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="286">
            <ArticleTitle>286.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When in case of a sale between traders the buyer refuses or is unable to accept the thing sold, the seller may deposit it, or after he has notified the buyer to accept it within a proper time, may sell it at public auction. In such case he must without delay give notice thereof to the buyer.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Perishable goods may be sold without the above mentioned notification.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A seller who has sold the thing at public auction according to the provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs, must deposit the proceeds, without prejudice, however, to his right to appropriate the whole or a part of it as purchase money.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="287">
            <ArticleTitle>287.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If according to the nature of the sale or an intention expressed by the parties, the object of the sale can be accomplished only by performance at or within a certain time, and a party suffers such time to elapse without performing, the other party, unless he demands performance forthwith, is deemed to have rescinded the contract.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="288">
            <ArticleTitle>288.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In a sale between traders the buyer must without delay after having received the thing sold, examine it, and when he discovers any defect or shortage in quantity in it, he can rescind the contract or demand the reduction of the price or damages on the ground of such defect or shortage only if he at once gives notice thereof to the seller. The same applies when a buyer discovers within six months defects in the thing sold which it was impossible to discover at once.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>These provisions do not apply in case of bad faith on the part of the seller.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="289">
            <ArticleTitle>289.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In the case mentioned in the preceding article a buyer, even though he rescinds the contract, must at the expense of the seller keep safely or deposit the thing sold. If, however, there is danger of its being spoiled or damaged, he must sell it at public auction after obtaining the permission of the court, and must keep the proceeds safely or deposit them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a buyer pursuant to the above mentioned provisions has sold at public auction, he must at once notify the seller thereof.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs do not apply when the places of business or, if there are no such, the domiciles of the buyer and seller are situated in the same city, town or village.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="290">
            <ArticleTitle>290.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the preceding article apply correspondingly in case the goods delivered by the seller to the buyer are different from those ordered. If the goods exceed the quantity ordered, the same is the ease with respect to the excess amount.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. CURRENT ACCOUNT.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="291">
            <ArticleTitle>291.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A contract of current account is where two traders or a trader and a person other than a trader who are in regular business relations with each other, agree that the whole amount of the obligations arising from transactions between them within a determinate period shall be set off and the balance paid.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="292">
            <ArticleTitle>292.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If an obligation arising from a bill or other commercial instilment, has been put into a current account, and the debtor on it does not make performance, the item relating to such obligation may be struck out from the account by the parties.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="293">
            <ArticleTitle>293.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the parties have not fixed the period to be covered by the set off, such period shall be six months.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="294">
            <ArticleTitle>294.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">After the parties have acknowledged an account containing all the items of the obligations, no objection can be made against a single item, except so far as there is a mistake or an omission.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="295">
            <ArticleTitle>295.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Legal interest on the balance arising from the set off may be claimed by the creditor from the day when the final account was closed.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>These provisions do not affect the right to claim interest on each item from the day when it was entered in the current account.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="296">
            <ArticleTitle>296.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Either party may terminate the current account at any time. In such case he may close the account forthwith and require the balance to be paid.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. ANONYMOUS ASSOCIATION.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="297">
            <ArticleTitle>297.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A contract of anonymous association is where the parties agree that one of them shall make a contribution for the business of the other, and that the profits arising from such business shall be divided among them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="298">
            <ArticleTitle>298.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The contribution of the anonymous member becomes the property of the active member.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The anonymous member has no rights or duties as to third persons with respect to the transactions of the active member.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="299">
            <ArticleTitle>299.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the anonymous member has agreed that his family name or full name be used in the trade name of the active member or that his trade name be used as the trade name of the active member, he is jointly liable with the latter for all obligations arising after such use has begun.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="300">
            <ArticleTitle>300.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If his contribution has been reduced by losses, the anonymous member cannot claim any distribution of profits until such reduction has been made good.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="301">
            <ArticleTitle>301.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the period of duration of the anonymous association has not been fixed by the contract of association or if it is determined that the association shall be for the life time of one of the parties, either party may terminate the contract at the end of any business year on a six months' notice.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Whether the duration of the association has been fixed or not, either party may at any time terminate it for any unavoidable cause.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="302">
            <ArticleTitle>302.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In addition of the cases mentioned in the preceding ; article an anonymous association is terminated :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the business forming the object of the association has been completely accomplished, or its accomplishment is impossible ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>By the death of the active member or by his being adjudged incompetent ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>By the bankruptcy of the active member or of the anonymous member.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="303">
            <ArticleTitle>303.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Upon the termination of the contract of association the active member must return to the anonymous member the amount of his contribution. If, however, that has been reduced by losses, only the remaining amount need be returned.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="304">
            <ArticleTitle>304.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 108, 111 and 115 apply correspondingly to an anonymous member.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. BROKERAGE.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="305">
            <ArticleTitle>305.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A broker is a person who undertakes as a business to negotiate commercial transactions as an intermediary between other persons.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="306">
            <ArticleTitle>306.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A broker is not entitled to receive on behalf of the parties payment or other prestations under a transaction negotiated by him unless there is a different intention expressed or a different custom exists.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="307">
            <ArticleTitle>307.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a sample is delivered to the broker for a transaction negotiated by him, he must keep it, until the transaction is completely finished.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="308">
            <ArticleTitle>308.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>After the transaction between the parties has come into existence, the broker must without delay make notes in writing containing the names or trade names of the parties, the date and the essential points of the transaction, and after signing them must deliver one to each party.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Except where the parties arc to perform forthwith, the broker must cause each party to sign the note above mentioned and must then deliver it to the other party.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If in the case of the foregoing two paragraphs a party does not accept or sign the note, the broker must without delay give notice thereof to the other party.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="309">
            <ArticleTitle>309.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A broker must enter in his books the particulars mentioned in Art. 308, 1.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The parties may at any time require the broker to furnish them with a copy of any entry relating to the transaction negotiated for them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="310">
            <ArticleTitle>310.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a party has ordered the broker not to communicate his name or trade name to the other party, he must not enter such name or trade name in the documents mentioned in Art. 308, 1 and the copies mentioned in Art. 309, 2.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="311">
            <ArticleTitle>311.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the broker has not communicated the name or trade name of a party to the other party, he is himself liable to the latter for performance.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="312">
            <ArticleTitle>312.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A commission can be claimed by the broker only after he has proceeded in the manner prescribed in Art. 308.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Each party must bear an equal part of the broker's commission.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. COMMISON AGENCY.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="313">
            <ArticleTitle>313.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A commission agent is a person who undertakes as a business to sell or buy goods in his own name on account of others.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="314">
            <ArticleTitle>314.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The commission agent by a sale or purchase made on account of another acquires himself rights against the other party and becomes himself bound to him.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As between the commission agent and the mandator, beside the provisions of this chapter, the provisions relating to mandate and representation apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="315">
            <ArticleTitle>315.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If in case of a sale or purchase made by the commission agent on account of his mandator, the other party does not perform his obligation, the commission agent is himself bound to perform in his place, unless a different intention is expressed or a different custom exists.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="316">
            <ArticleTitle>316.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a commission agent has made a sale for a lower price or a purchase for a higher price than that designated by the mandator, if the agent takes upon himself the difference, such sale or purchase takes effect as against the mandator.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="317">
            <ArticleTitle>317.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A commission agent who has been ordered to sell or buy goods which have an exchange quotation, may himself be the buyer or seller. In such case the price to be paid is determined by the quotation of such goods on the exchange at the time when the commission agent gives notice of his being the buyer or seller.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A commission agent may even in such case charge a commission.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="318">
            <ArticleTitle>318.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a commission agent has been ordered to buy, if the mandator refuses or is unable to accept the goods bought, the provisions of Art. 286 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="319">
            <ArticleTitle>319.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 37 and 41 apply correspondingly to commision agents.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="320">
            <ArticleTitle>320.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of this chapter apply correspondingly to a person who makes transactions other than sales or purchases as a business in his own name on account of another.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="7">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VII. FORWARDING AGENCY.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="321">
            <ArticleTitle>321.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A forwarding agent is a person who undertakes as a business to forward goods in his own name.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Unless otherwise provided in this chapter, the provisions relating to commission agents apply correspondingly to forwarding agents.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="322">
            <ArticleTitle>322.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A forwarding agent is exempted from damages for loss, damage or delay of the goods only if he proves that he and his assistants have not failed to use due care as to the receipt, delivery and safe keeping of the goods, to the choice of carriers or other forwarding agents and to the carriage of the goods.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="323">
            <ArticleTitle>323.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A forwarding agent is entitled to his commission as soon as he has delivered the goods to the carrier.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When the amount of freight to be paid is fixed by the contract of forwarding, the forwarding agent is not entitled to an additional commission, unless specially agreed upon.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="324">
            <ArticleTitle>324.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A forwarding agent may retain the goods delivered to him for forwarding only for the commission and freight due on such goods, and for disbursements and advance made for the mandator about them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="325">
            <ArticleTitle>325.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Where several persons are concerned successively in the forwarding of the goods, each subsequent agent is bound to exercise the rights of the prior agents in their places.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In that case a subsequent agent who has made performance to an agent prior to him acquires the rights of the latter.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="326">
            <ArticleTitle>326.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A forwarding agent who makes performance to a carrier acquires the rights of the latter.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="327">
            <ArticleTitle>327.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Unless otherwise stipulated, a forwarding agent may himself undertake the carriage of the goods. In such case he has the same rights and duties as a carrier.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="328">
            <ArticleTitle>328.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The responsibility of a forwarding agent is extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year from the day on which the goods were received by the consignee.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In case of a total loss of the goods the period mentioned in the foregoing paragraph is computed from the day when the delivery of the goods should have taken place.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs do not apply where the forwarding agent acts in bad faith.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="329">
            <ArticleTitle>329.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Obligations in favour of a forwarding agent against the mandator or the consignee are extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="330">
            <ArticleTitle>330.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 338 and 343 apply correspondingly to forwarding agencies.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="8">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VIII. CARRIAGE.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="331">
            <ArticleTitle>331.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A carrier is a person who undertakes as a business the carriage of goods or passengers by land, on inland seas or rivers or in ports or bays.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. CARRIAGE OF GOODS.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="332">
              <ArticleTitle>332.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If required by the carrier, the sender must furnish him with a way-bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A way-bill must be signed by the sender and must contain the following particulars :</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The nature of the goods sent, their weight or bulk, and the nature of the packages, their number and markings ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place of destination ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name or trade name of the consignee ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place where, and the time when the waybill is made out.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="333">
              <ArticleTitle>333.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If required by the sender, the carrier must furnish him with a bill of lading.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A bill of lading must be signed by the carrier and must contain the following particulars :</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Those mentioned in Art. 332, 2, Nos. 1--3 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the sender ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The freight ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place where, and the time when the bill of lading is made out.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="334">
              <ArticleTitle>334.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a bill of lading has been made, matters relating to the carriage, as between the carrier and the holder of the bill, are governed by the provisions of the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="335">
              <ArticleTitle>335.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The assignment of a bill of lading by endorsement has the same effect as the assignment of the goods themselves.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="336">
              <ArticleTitle>336.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the whole or a portion of the goods arc destroyed by vis major, the carrier cannot in so far claim payment of the freight. If he has already received the freight wholly or partly, he must return it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the whole or a portion of the goods are destroyed by reason of their nature or defects or by the fault of the sender, the carrier may claim the whole amount of the freight.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="337">
              <ArticleTitle>337.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A carrier is exempted from damages for loss, damage or delay of the goods only if he proves that he, the forwarding agent, his or the agent's assistants and other persons employed in the carriage have not failed to use due care as to the receipt, delivery, safe keeping and carriage of the goods.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="338">
              <ArticleTitle>338.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>As to specie, securities and other valuables, a carrier is not liable for damages, unless the sender at the time when he charged him with their carriage, made a clear declaration of their nature and value.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="339">
              <ArticleTitle>339.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When several carriers undertake the carriage of goods successively, they are jointly liable for damages from the loss, damage or delay of the goods.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="340">
              <ArticleTitle>340.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The measure of damages in the case of a total loss of the goods is determined by the value which they would have had at the place of destination on the day when they should have been delivered.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The measure of damages in the case of a partial loss of, or damage to the goods, is determined by the value which they had at the place of destination on the day when they were delivered. In case of delay, however, the provisions of the first paragraph apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Freight and other expenses which need not be paid in consequence of the loss of, or damage to the goods are to be deducted from the amount of damages to be paid under the provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="341">
              <ArticleTitle>341.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If goods are lost or damaged by the bad faith or gross negligence of the carrier, he is liable for full damages.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="342">
              <ArticleTitle>342.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The sender or the holder of a bill of lading may require the carrier to stop the carriage, to return the goods or to make any other disposition of them. In such case the carrier has a claim against the sender for payment of the freight in proportion to the carriage already performed, for his disbursements and for all expenses occasioned by any such disposition.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The right of the sender as specified in the foregoing paragraph is extinguished when the consignee after the arrival of the goods at the place of destination has demanded their delivery.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="343">
              <ArticleTitle>343.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After the goods have arrived at the place of destination, the consignee acquires the rights of the sender arising from the contract of carriage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After the consignee has accepted the goods, he is bound to the carrier to pay him the freight and other expenses.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="344">
              <ArticleTitle>344.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a bill of lading has been made, delivery of the goods can only be demanded on the surrender of the bill of lading.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="345">
              <ArticleTitle>345.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the consignee cannot be ascertained, the carrier may deposit the goods.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in the case of the foregoing paragraph, although the carrier has notified the sender to give his orders as to the disposal of the goods within a reasonable time fixed by the carrier, the sender nevertheless does not give such orders, the carrier may sell the goods by public auction.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A carrier who has made a deposit or a public auction according to the provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs must without delay give notice thereof to the sender.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="346">
              <ArticleTitle>346.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the preceding article apply correspondingly where a dispute has arisen as to the delivery of the goods.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the carrier is to sell the goods by auction, he must previously notify the consignee to accept the goods within a proper time fixed by him, after which time he must again notify the sender.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The carrier must without delay give notice of the deposit or public auction of the goods to the consignee also.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="347">
              <ArticleTitle>347.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 286, 2 and 3 apply correspondingly in the cases mentioned in the preceding two articles.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="348">
              <ArticleTitle>348.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The responsibility of a carrier ceases when the consignee has accepted the goods without reservation and paid the freight and the other expenses. But this does not apply, if in the case of damage to or a partial loss of the goods which could not have been discovered at once, notice thereof is given to the carrier within two weeks from the day of delivery.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing paragraph do not apply if the carrier has acted in bad faith.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="349">
              <ArticleTitle>349.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 324, 325, 328 and 329 apply correspondingly to carriers.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="350">
              <ArticleTitle>350.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A carrier of passengers is exempted from liability to indemnify a passenger for any damage which the passenger may have received by reason of the carriage only if he proves that he and his assistants have not failed to use due care as to the carriage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In determining the measure of damages the court is to take into consideration the station in life of the person injured and of the members of his house.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="351">
              <ArticleTitle>351.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liability of a carrier of passengers for luggage which has been delivered to him by a passenger is the same as that of a carrier of goods, even though he did not make a separate charge for it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the passenger does not call for his luggage within one week from the day when it arrives at the place of destination, the provisions of Art. 286 apply correspondingly, but a notification or notice need not be given to a passenger whose domicile or residence is unknown.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="352">
              <ArticleTitle>352.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>As to loss of or damage to a passenger's luggage , which has not been delivered to the carrier, the latter is liable for damages only so far as he himself or his assistants are chargeable with fault.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="9">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IX. DEPOSIT.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="353">
              <ArticleTitle>353.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A trader who in the course of his business receives a deposit, must use the diligence of a good manager, even though he does not receive any compensation for it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="354">
              <ArticleTitle>354.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An innkeeper, a restaurant keeper, a keeper of a bathing establishment or a keeper of any place the business of which is the entertainment of guests is exempted from liability for loss of or damage to the things which he receives in deposit from his guests only if he proves that such loss or damage was occasioned by vis major.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When things are lost or damaged which a guest has brought with him to any of the places above mentioned, even though they are not things specially deposited with the keeper, the latter is liable for damages, if the loss or damage is caused by the carelessness of himself or of his assistants.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The keeper of any such place cannot free himself from the liability provided in the foregoing two paragraphs by a notification that he would not be liable for things brought by the guests.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="355">
              <ArticleTitle>355.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>For damages arising from the loss of or damage to specie, securities or other valuables a keeper of any of the places mentioned in the preceding article is liable only if the guest deposits them with him clearly stating their nature and value.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="356">
              <ArticleTitle>356.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liability specified in the preceding two articles is extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year from the day when the keeper of the place has returned the things deposited or the guest has taken away with him the things which he brought.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In case of a total loss of such things the period of one year is computed from the day when the guest left the place.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs do not apply in case of bad faith on the part of the keeper.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. WAREHOUSING.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="357">
              <ArticleTitle>357.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A warehouseman is a person who undertakes as a business to receive goods for storage in a warehouse for others.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="358">
              <ArticleTitle>358.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If required by the depositor, the warehouseman must furnish him with a warehouse receipt and an instrument of pledge for the goods deposited.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="359">
              <ArticleTitle>359.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The warehouse receipt and the instrument of pledge must have a serial number and be signed by the warehouseman. They must contain the following particulars:</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The nature of the goods received, their quality and weight and the nature of the packages as well as their numbers and markings ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the depositor ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place of storage ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The charge for storage ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The period for which the goods are to be stored, if that has been fixed ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the goods received for storage are insured, the amount of the insurance, its time limit and the name or trade name of the underwriter ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place where, and the date when the instruments were made.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="360">
              <ArticleTitle>360.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a werehouseman has delivered to the depositor a warehouse receipt and an instrument of pledge, he must enter the following particulars in his books :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Those specified in Art. 359, Nos. 1,2 and 4--6 ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The numbers of the instruments and the date when they were made.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="361">
              <ArticleTitle>361.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of a warehouse receipt and of an instrument of pledge may require the warehouseman to divide the goods deposited and to furnish him with a separate warehouse receipt and instrument of pledge for each part. In such case the holder must return the original warehouse receipt and instrument of pledge to the warehouseman.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The expense of such division and of the furnishing of the new receipts and instruments of pledge is to be borne by the holder.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="362">
              <ArticleTitle>362.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a warehouse receipt and an instrument of pledge have been made, as between the warehouseman and the holder, the facts relating to the deposit are governed by the terms of those instruments.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="363">
              <ArticleTitle>363.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a warehouse receipt and an instrument of pledge have been made, the goods deposited can be disposed of only by means of those instruments.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="364">
              <ArticleTitle>364.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A warehouse receipt and an instrument of pledge, although issued to a named creditor, may be assigned or pledged by indorsement, unless indorsement is forbidden in the instrument itself.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>So long as the holder has not yet made a pledge, the warehouse receipt and the instrument of pledge cannot be assigned separately.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="365">
              <ArticleTitle>365.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 335 apply correspondingly to warehouse receipts.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="366">
              <ArticleTitle>366.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the warehouse receipt or the instrument of pledge has been lost, the holder may require the warehouseman to furnish him with a new one, provided he gives proper security. In such case the warehouseman must enter the fact in his books.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="367">
              <ArticleTitle>367.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In making the first indorsement of pledge in the instrument of pledge the amount of the obligation, the interest to be paid on it and the time of performance must be entered.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The first pledgee can set up his right of pledge against third persons only if he has noted the facts above mentioned upon the warehouse receipt with his signature.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="368">
              <ArticleTitle>368.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A holder of an instrument of pledge who has not received payment by the time of maturity, must have a protest made in conformity with the provisions relating to bills.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="369">
              <ArticleTitle>369.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A holder of an instrument of pledge cannot require the goods to be sold by public auction before one week has elapsed from the day of the making of the protest.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="370">
              <ArticleTitle>370.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The warehouseman after deducting from the proceeds of the auction of the goods the expenses of the auction, the taxes assessed on the goods, the charge for storage and other expenses relating to the storage as well as disbursements, must pay the remaining amount to the holder of the instrument of pledge upon its surrender.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a surplus remains after deducting from the proceeds of the auction such expenses, taxes, charges and disbursements as are mentioned in the foregoing paragraph and also the amount of the obligation in favour of the holder of the instrument of pledge with interest and the costs of the protest, the warehouseman must pay it to the holder of the warehouse receipt upon its surrender.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="371">
              <ArticleTitle>371.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the proceeds of the auction are not sufficient to perform the whole of the obligation entered in the instrument of pledge, the warehouseman must enter the amount paid in the instrument of pledge and return it, and make an entry thereof in his books.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="372">
              <ArticleTitle>372.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of an instrument of pledge must receive performance in the first place out of the goods deposited, and only in case such performance is not sufficient, can he claim the missing amount against the debtor and the other indorsers.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="373">
              <ArticleTitle>373.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder of an instrument of pledge who has not received payment by the day of maturity, omits to have a protest made, or if he does not apply for the sale of the goods by public auction within two weeks from the day of protest, he loses his claim against the indorsers.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="374">
              <ArticleTitle>374.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The claim of a holder of an instrument of pledge against the debtor and the other indorsers is extinguished by prescription, if it is not exercised for one year from the day of maturity.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="375">
              <ArticleTitle>375.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A depositor or a holder of a warehouse receipt may at any time during business hours demand against the warehouseman the inspection of the goods or the delivery of samples to him, or may make any dispositions necessary for the preservation of the goods.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A holder of an instrument of pledge may at any time during business hours demand against the warehouseman the inspection of the goods.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="376">
              <ArticleTitle>376.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A warehouseman is exempted from damages for the loss of or damage to the goods deposited only if he proves that he himself and his assistants have not failed to use due care about their safe keeping.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="377">
              <ArticleTitle>377.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A warehouseman can demand payment of his charges, disbursements and other expenses relating to the goods deposited only at the time when those goods are taken out of the warehouse. If only a part of the goods arc taken out, he may demand the payment of a proportional amount.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="378">
              <ArticleTitle>378.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the parties have not fixed the period of storage, a warehouseman is not entitled to return the goods before six months have elapsed from the day when they were brought into the warehouse, unless an unavoidable cause exists for doing so.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="379">
              <ArticleTitle>379.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a warehouse receipt and an instrument of pledge have been made, the return of the goods can only be demanded on the surrender of those instruments.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="380">
              <ArticleTitle>380.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A holder of a warehouse receipt may even before the obligation entered in the instrument of pledge is due, deposit with the warehouseman the whole amount of such obligation together with interest to the day of performance and require the goods deposited to be returned to him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The amount thus deposited must be paid to the holder of the instrument of pledge upon its surrender.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="381">
              <ArticleTitle>381.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a depositor or a holder of a warehouse receipt refuses or is unable to receive the goods deposited, the provisions of Art. 286 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="382">
              <ArticleTitle>382.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 348 apply correspondingly to warehousemen.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="383">
              <ArticleTitle>383.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The liability of a warehouseman for the loss of or damage to the goods deposited is extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year from the day when the goods were taken out of the warehouse.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case of a total loss of the goods the period mentioned in the foregoing paragraph is computed from the day when the warehouseman gives notice thereof to the holder of the warehouse receipt, or if that person is not known, to the depositor.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs do not apply in case of bad faith on the part of the warehouseman.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="10">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER X. INSURANCE.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. INSURANCE AGAINST LOSS.</SectionTitle>
            <Subsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="384">
                <ArticleTitle>384.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A contract of insurance against loss is where one party agrees to indemnify the other for a loss which may result from a certain contingent event, and the other party agrees to pay him a premium therefor.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="385">
                <ArticleTitle>385.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Only an interest capable of being estimated in money can become the subject of a contract of insurance.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="386">
                <ArticleTitle>386.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the sum insured exceeds the value of the subject of the insurance, the contract of insurance is invalid as to the excess.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="387">
                <ArticleTitle>387.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If two or more contracts of insurance are made simultaneously on the same subject, and the sums insured exceed the value of the subject, the amount falling to the charge of each underwriter is in proportion to the sum insured by him.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When the dates of two or more contracts of insurance are the same, they are presumed to have been made simultaneously.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="388">
                <ArticleTitle>388.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If two or more contracts of insurance are made successively, a prior underwriter is first liable for the loss. If the amount falling to his charge is not sufficient to cover the whole loss, the next following underwriter is liable for it.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="389">
                <ArticleTitle>389.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>After the whole insurable interest is insured, an additional contract of insurance may be made only in the following cases :--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If it is agreed that the right against the prior underwriter shall be assigned to the new underwriter ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If it is agreed with the new underwriter that the right against the prior underwriter shall be wholly or partly renounced ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If the new contract is on the condition that the prior underwriter does not indemnify for the loss.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="390">
                <ArticleTitle>390.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If two or more contracts of insurance are made simultaneously or successively, a renunciation of the right against one of the underwriters does not affect the rights of the others.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="391">
                <ArticleTitle>391.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a part of the insurable interest is insured, the liability of the underwriter is determined by the proportion of the sum insured to the value of the insurable interest.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="392">
                <ArticleTitle>392.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If during the period of insurance the insurable interest is substantially diminished, the insurer may require the underwriter to reduce the sum insured and the premium. The reduction of the premium, however, takes effect only for the future.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="393">
                <ArticleTitle>393.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The amount of the loss to be indemnified for by the underwriter is determined by the value at the place where and the time when the loss occurred.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The expenses necessary for the adjustment of such loss are to be borne by the underwriter.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="394">
                <ArticleTitle>394.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the parties have fixed the insurable interest, the underwriter can demand a reduction of the amount of indemnity only if he proves that such interest is substantially too high.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="395">
                <ArticleTitle>395.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Unless specially agreed, the underwriter is not liable for loss happening by reason of war or civil commotion.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="396">
                <ArticleTitle>396.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>An underwriter is not liable for loss caused by the nature or the defects of the subject of the insurance, by its natural waste, or by the bad faith or gross negligence of the insurer or the insured.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="397">
                <ArticleTitle>397.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If at the time of making an insurance contract one of the parties to the contract or the insured knows that the event will not happen, or that it has already happened, such contract is invalid.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="398">
                <ArticleTitle>398.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If at the time of making the insurance contract, the insurer by bad faith or gross negligence omits to disclose material facts or makes false statements in regard to material facts, the contract, is invalid, unless the underwriter knows or ought to know such facts.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="399">
                <ArticleTitle>399.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When the contract of insurance is wholly or partly invalid, the insurer and the insured, provided they acted in good faith and without gross negligence, may require the underwriter to return the whole or a part of the premium paid, as the case may be.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="400">
                <ArticleTitle>400.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When the parties to the insurance contract in fixing the amount of the premium took into consideration a particular risk, if such risk ceases to exist during the continuance of the insurance, the insurer may claim that the premium be reduced for the future.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="401">
                <ArticleTitle>401.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A contract of insurance may be made on behalf of another. In such case the insurer is bound to the underwriter to pay the premium.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="402">
                <ArticleTitle>402.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If an insurer who made a contract of insurance on behalf of another without having a mandate to do so, did not inform the underwriter of such fact, the contract is invalid. If he did inform the underwriter thereof, the insured has the benefit of the contract at once.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="403">
                <ArticleTitle>403.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The underwriter must, if required by the insurer, furnish him with a policy of insurance.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The policy, which is to be signed by the underwriter, must contain :</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The subject of the insurance ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The risk taken by the underwriter ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The value of the insurable interest, if that has been fixed ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="4">
                    <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The sum insured ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="5">
                    <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The amount of the premium and the manner of its payment ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="6">
                    <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If the duration of the insurance has been fixed, the time of its commencement and of its end ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="7">
                    <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the insurer ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="8">
                    <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The date of the contract of insurance ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="9">
                    <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The place where and the date when the policy was made.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="404">
                <ArticleTitle>404.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the insured assigns the subject of the insurance, he is presumed at the same time to have assigned his rights under the contract of insurance.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If in such case the risk is considerably altered or increased by the assignment of the subject of insurance, the contract of insurance becomes invalid.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="405">
                <ArticleTitle>405.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If an underwriter is adjudged bankrupt, the insurer may require proper security to be given him or may rescind the contract.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If in such case the insurer rescinds the contract, such rescission takes effect for the future only.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs apply correspondingly, if an insurer is adjudged bankrupt, unless he has already paid 'the whole amount of the premium.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="406">
                <ArticleTitle>406.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If an insurer who made a contract of insurance on behalf of another is adjudged bankrupt, the underwriter may require the insured to pay the premium, unless the insured renounces his rights.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="407">
                <ArticleTitle>407.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Until the responsibility of the underwriter begins, the insurer may rescind the contract wholly or partly.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="408">
                <ArticleTitle>408.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If before the responsibility of the underwriter begins, it becomes, otherwise than by an act of the insurer or the insured, impossible for the risk assumed by the underwriter to arise as to the whole or a part of the subject of insurance, the underwriter must refund the whole or a part of the premium, as the case may be.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="409">
                <ArticleTitle>409.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the cases mentioned in the preceding two articles the underwriter is entitled to a sum equal to one half of the premium to be refunded.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="410">
                <ArticleTitle>410.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If during the continuance of the insurance the risk is substantially altered or increased by a cause imputable to the insurer or the insured, the contract of insurance becomes invalid.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="411">
                <ArticleTitle>411.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If during the continuance of the insurance the risk is substantially altered or increased by a cause not imputable to the insurer or insured, the underwriter may rescind the contract. Such rescission, however, takes effect only for the future.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In such case the insurer or the insured must after he had knowledge of the risk having substantially altered or increased, without delay give notice thereof to the underwriter. If he omits to do so, the underwriter may consider the contract of insurance as having become invalid from the time when such alteration or increase of the risk took place.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the underwriter after receiving the notice above mentioned or obtaining knowledge of the alteration or increase of the risk does not rescind the contract without delay, he is deemed to have confirmed it.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="412">
                <ArticleTitle>412.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When a loss occurs from the happening of the risk assumed by the underwriter, the insurer or the insured must after he had knowledge of such loss, without delay give notice thereof to the underwriter.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="413">
                <ArticleTitle>413.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When a loss occurs to the subject of the insurance for which the underwriter is liable, he cannot become free from his liability for such loss even though the subject of the insurance is afterwards destroyed by the happening of a risk for which he would not be liable.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="414">
                <ArticleTitle>414.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The insured must use due care to prevent a loss, but even though the necessary or useful expenses and disbursements made for that purpose exceed the sum insured, the underwriter is bound to reimburse him.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing proviso the provisions of Art. 391 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="415">
                <ArticleTitle>415.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When the subject of the insurance is totally lost, if the underwriter pays the whole of the sum insured, he acquires the rights of the insured as to the subject of the insurance. If, however, only a part of the insurable interest was insured, the rights of the underwriter are determined by the proportion of the sum insured to the insurable interest.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="416">
                <ArticleTitle>416.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If loss has occurred by the act of a third person, the underwriter on paying the whole amount due to the insured acquires the rights of the insurer or of the insured against such third person up to the limit of the amount paid by him.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the underwriter has paid a part of the amount due to the insured, he can exercise the right mentioned in the preceding paragraph only so far as the right of the insurer or the insured is not injured thereby.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="417">
                <ArticleTitle>417.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The liability to pay the sum insured is extinguished by prescription after two years have elapsed, and the liability to pay the premium after one year.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="418">
                <ArticleTitle>418.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The provisions of this section apply correspondingly to mutual insurance, so far as they are not inconsistent with its nature.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
            <Subsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. INSURANCE AGAINST FIRE.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="419">
                <ArticleTitle>419.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The underwriter is bound to indemnify for any loss caused by fire, irrespective of its origin. This, however, does not apply to the cases mentioned in Arts. 395 and 396.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="420">
                <ArticleTitle>420.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The underwriter is bound to indemnify for any loss caused to the subject of the insurance by necessary measures used for extinguishing or averting the fire.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="421">
                <ArticleTitle>421.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a hirer or any person who keeps a thing for another has insured the thing to cover his liability for any damages which he may be bound to pay, the owner has a direct claim against the underwriter for such indemnity.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="422">
                <ArticleTitle>422.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In addition to the particulars specified in Art. 403, 2 a policy of fire insurance must contain :--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The locality, construction and manner of use of the building insured ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If a movable is insured, the locality, construction and manner of use of the building in which it is contained.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
            <Subsection Num="3">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION III. INSURANCE ON CARRIAGE.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="423">
                <ArticleTitle>423.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Unless otherwise agreed upon, the insurer is bound to indemnify any loss which the goods in transit might sustain from the time when they are received by the carrier, until they are delivered to the consignee.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="424">
                <ArticleTitle>424.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In case of the insurance of goods in transit the insurable interest is the value of the goods at the place and time of sending plus the freight to the place of destination and other expenses.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Profits to be made by the arrival of the goods are included in the insurable interest only if there is an express agreement to that effect.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="425">
                <ArticleTitle>425.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In addition to the particulars specified in Art. 403, 2 a policy of insurance on carriage must contain :--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The route and the manner of the carriage ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the carrier ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The place where the goods are to be received and delivered ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="4">
                    <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If a period is fixed for the carriage, such period.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="426">
                <ArticleTitle>426.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Unless otherwise agreed upon, a contract of insurance on carriage does not become invalid, if by some necessity connected with the carriage, such carriage is interrupted for a time, or the route or manner of carriage is changed.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. INSURANCE ON LIFE.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="427">
              <ArticleTitle>427.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A contract of life insurance is where one party agrees to pay a certain sum of money dependent upon the life or death of the other party or of a third person, and the other party agrees to pay him a premium therefor.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="428">
              <ArticleTitle>428.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The person who is to receive the sum insured, must be the insured, his heir or a relative of his.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The rights arising from a contract of insurance can be acquired by assignment only by a relative of the insured.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the person who is to receive the sum insured, dies, or if the relationship between the insured and the person who is to receive the sum insured terminates, the insurer may appoint another person to receive the sum insured, or he may require the amount accumulated on account of the insured to be paid back.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="4">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the insurer dies without having exercised the aforementioned right, the insured is to receive the sum insured.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="429">
              <ArticleTitle>429.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If at the time of making the contract of insurance, the insurer or the insured by bad faith or gross negligence omits to disclose material facts or makes false statements in regard to material facts, the contract is invalid, unless the underwriter knows or ought to know such facts.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="430">
              <ArticleTitle>430.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In addition to the particulars specified in Art. 403, 2 a policy of life insurance must contain :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The nature of the contract of insurance ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name of the insured ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a person who is to receive the sum insured has been determined, the name of such person and the relationship between him and the insured.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="431">
              <ArticleTitle>431.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The underwriter is not bound to pay the sum insured :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the death of the insured occurs in consequence of suicide or of a duel or another criminal act or by the execution of capital punishment ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the person who is to receive the sum insured has wilfully occassioned the death of the insured. If, however, such person was to receive only a part of the sum, the underwriter remains liable for the payment of the rest.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case mentioned under No. 1 the underwriter must pay back the amount accumulated on account of the insured.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="432">
              <ArticleTitle>432.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the insurer or the person who is to receive the sum insured had knowledge of the death of the insured, he must without delay give notice thereof to the underwriter.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="433">
              <ArticleTitle>433.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 395, 397, 399--401, 403, 1, 405--407, 410, 411, 417 and 418 apply correspondingly to life insurances.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When in the cases mentioned in Arts. 395, 405, 407, 410 and 411 the underwriter need not pay the sum insured, he must pay back the amount accumulated on account of the insured.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
      </Part>
      <Part Num="4">
        <PartTitle>BOOK IV. BILLS.</PartTitle>
        <Chapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="434">
            <ArticleTitle>434.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Bills in the sense of this law are bills of exchange, promissory notes and cheques.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="435">
            <ArticleTitle>435.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A person who puts his signature upon a bill is liable thereon according to the tenor of such bill.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="436">
            <ArticleTitle>436.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a representative puts his signature upon a bill without indicating that he is acting on behalf of the principal, the latter is not liable on the bill.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="437">
            <ArticleTitle>437.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A person who puts his signature upon a forged or an altered bill is liable according to the tenor of such forged or altered bill.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>It is presumed that a person who has signed an altered bill has done so before the alteration was made.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A person who has forged or altered a bill, and any person who has acquired in bad faith or with gross negligence a forged or altered bill, has no rights under the bill.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="438">
            <ArticleTitle>438.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Even though the obligation of an incapacitated person arising on a bill is rescinded, the other rights and duties under the bill are not affected thereby.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="439">
            <ArticleTitle>439.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If matters not provided in this Book are inserted in a bill, they have no effect under the bill.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="440">
            <ArticleTitle>440.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A debtor on a bill cannot set up against a person who makes a claim under the bill any defence not provided in this Book ; but this does not apply to defences available directly against the claimant.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="441">
            <ArticleTitle>441.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A claim for the surrender of a bill cannot be made against any person who has acquired it without bad faith or gross negligence.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="442">
            <ArticleTitle>442.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Presentation of a bill for acceptance or payment, protest and all other acts to be done against a person concerned in order to exercise or maintain a right under a bill, must be done at the place of business or, if there is none, at the domicile or residence of such person. If, however, such person gives his consent, the act may be done at any other place.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the place of business, the domicile or the residence of the person concerned is unknown, the notary or bailiff by whom the protest is to be made must ascertain it by applying to the Government or local authorities on the spot. If it cannot be ascertained in that manner, he may make the protest at his office or at the office of the said authorities.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="443">
            <ArticleTitle>443.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Obligations existing against on acceptor or against the maker of a promissory note are extinguished by prescription after three years from the day of maturity, the right of recourse of the holder against the prior parties after six months from the day of the protest for non-payment, and the right of recourse of an indorser against the prior parties after six months from the day when he himself made payment on recourse taken against him.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="444">
            <ArticleTitle>444.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Even though an obligation under a bill is extinguished by prescription or by the omission of some proceeding, the holder is nevertheless entitled to recourse against the drawer or the acceptor to the extent to which they have been enriched.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IL BILLS OF EXCHANGE. SECTION I.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>THE DRAWING OF A BILL OF EXCHANGE.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="445">
              <ArticleTitle>445.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A bill of exchange must be signed by the drawer and must contain the following particulars:</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The designation of it as a bill of exchange ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>A sum certain ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the drawee ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the payee ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>An absolute order to pay ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The date of the drawing ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>A day certain of maturity ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="8">
                  <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place of payment.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="446">
              <ArticleTitle>446.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the sum mentioned in the principal part of a bill is different from a sum mentioned in another part, the sum mentioned in the principal part is the sum due on the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="447">
              <ArticleTitle>447.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A person may draw a bill payable to himself, or a bill upon himself.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="448">
              <ArticleTitle>448.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The drawer may name in the bill a referee in case of need at the place of payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="449">
              <ArticleTitle>449.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A bill can be drawn payable to bearer only if the sum payable is thirty yen or more.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="450">
              <ArticleTitle>450.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The maturity must be :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>On a fixed day, or</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>On a fixed day after date, or</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>At sight, or</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>On a fixed day after sight.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="451">
              <ArticleTitle>451.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the drawer has not specified in the bill the day of maturity, it is payable at sight.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="452">
              <ArticleTitle>452.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the drawer has not specified in the bill the place of payment, the place of the domicile of the drawee as stated in the bill is the place of payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="453">
              <ArticleTitle>453.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the place of payment is different from the place of the domicile of the drawee, another person may be named in the bill to make payment in his place.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="454">
              <ArticleTitle>454.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The drawer may specify in the bill at what particular place in the place of payment it is to be paid.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. INDORSEMENT.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="455">
              <ArticleTitle>455.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A bill of exchange, even though issued to a named creditor, may be transferred by indorsement, unless it is forbidden by the drawer in the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="456">
              <ArticleTitle>456.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A drawer, acceptor or indorser who acquires the bill by indorsement may again transfer it by indorsement.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="457">
              <ArticleTitle>457.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An indorsement is made by writing the name or trade name of the indorsee and the date of the indorsement on the bill, a copy thereof or an alonge with the indorser's signature.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An indorsement may also be made by the mere signature of the indorser. In such case further transfers may be made by mere delivery of the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="458">
              <ArticleTitle>458.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An indorser may in indorsing the bill name a referee in case of need at the place of payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="459">
              <ArticleTitle>459.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An indorser may in indorsing the bill add that he does not assume any liability on the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="460">
              <ArticleTitle>460.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If an indorser in indorsing the bill adds that he for bids further indorsements, he incurs no liabililty on the bill to the parties subsequent to his indorsee.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="461">
              <ArticleTitle>461.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When an indorser has made an indorsement by his mere signature, any holder may fill up the indorsement to himself.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="462">
              <ArticleTitle>462.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder of a bill indorses it after the time for protest for non-payment has elapsed, the indorsee acquires only the rights of his indorser. In that case such indorser is not liable on the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="463">
              <ArticleTitle>463.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A holder may by indorsement pledge the bill or give a mandate to another to collect it. In that case such purpose must be stated in the indorsement.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case mentioned in the foregoing paragraph the indorsee may further indorse the bill for the same purpose.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="464">
              <ArticleTitle>464.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A holder of an indorsed bill can exercise his rights only if there is an unbroken series of indorsements. If, however, an indorsement has been made by mere signature, the following indorser is deemed to have acquired the bill by the said indorsement.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="3">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION III. ACCEPTANCE.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="465">
              <ArticleTitle>465.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder may at any time present the bill to the drawee for acceptance.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="466">
              <ArticleTitle>466.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The holder of a bill payable on a fixed day after sight must present it to the drawee for acceptance within one year from its date, but the drawer may fix a shorter period for presentation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder does not prove by a protest that he presented the bill as above prescribed, he loses his rights under the bill against the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="467">
              <ArticleTitle>467.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the drawee of a bill payable on a fixed day after sight does not accept it on presentation by the holder or does not date the acceptance, the holder must have the bill protested within the time limited for presentation. In such case the day of protest is to be taken as the day of presentation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder omits to have a protest made, he loses his rights under the bill against the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in the case of the drawee's omitting to date the acceptance no protest is made by the holder, the last day of the period within which the bill might have been presented is taken to be the day of presentation.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="468">
              <ArticleTitle>468.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Acceptance is made by a declaration of acceptance on the bill with the signature of the drawee.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a drawee puts his signature on the bill, he is deemed to have accepted it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="469">
              <ArticleTitle>469.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A drawee may limit his acceptance to a part of the sum specified in the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If, except in the foregoing case, an absolute acceptance is not given, acceptance is deemed to be refused. The acceptor, however, is bound according to the tenor of his acceptance.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="470">
              <ArticleTitle>470.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>By acceptance of the bill the drawee becomes bound to pay the amount accepted for on the day of maturity.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="471">
              <ArticleTitle>471.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If an acceptor has not paid the bill, the amount to be paid to the holder or to an indorser or the drawer, who has paid on recourse, is determined by the provisions of Art. 491 or Art. 492.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="472">
              <ArticleTitle>472.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the place of payment and the place of domicile of the drawee are different, and the drawer has not designated on the bill another person to pay the bill in the place of the drawee, the latter may name such person when he accepts. If he does not do so, he is bound to pay himself at the place of payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing paragraph the drawer may direct in the bill that it shall be presented for acceptance. If in that case the holder cannot prove by protest that such presentation has been made, he loses his rights under the bill against the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="473">
              <ArticleTitle>473.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A drawee may at the time of acceptance specify in the bill at what particular place in the place of payment it shall be paid.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="4">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IV. THE CLAIM FOR SECURITY.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="474">
              <ArticleTitle>474.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a drawee does not accept the bill of exchange, the holder is entitled to require the prior parties to give him proper security for the amount payable on the bill and expenses.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the drawee has limited his acceptance to a part of the sum payable, proper security may be demanded by the holder for the rest of the amount and expenses.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="475">
              <ArticleTitle>475.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A holder of a bill who intends to demand security under the provisions of the preceding article, must have the bill protested for non-acceptance and must without delay give notice of his claim for security to the person from whom he intends to demand security.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="476">
              <ArticleTitle>476.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If an indorser has received from a subsequent party the notice mentioned in the preceding article, he may require the prior parties to give him proper security for the sum to be secured and expenses.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In such case the indorser must without delay give notice of his claim for security to the person from whom he intends to demand security.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="477">
              <ArticleTitle>477.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A person against whom a claim for security has been made according to the provisions of the preceding three articles must without delay give proper security upon surrender of the protest for non-acceptance. However, he may instead of giving security deposit a proper sum of money.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="478">
              <ArticleTitle>478.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a prior party has given security or made a deposit, it is deemed to have been done for the benefit of and against all parties subsequent to him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a holder or an indorser has given the notice of Art. 475 or Art. 476, 2, it is deemed to have been given for all the parties subsequent to the party receiving it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="479">
              <ArticleTitle>479.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Security given in compliance with the provisions of Art. 477 loses its effect, and any deposit made instead of security may be reclaimed :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Upon a subsequent absolute acceptance of the bill ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Upon payment of the amount of the bill and expenses ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the person who gave the security or made the deposit or a party prior to him has made payment on recourse ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the rights under the bill have been lost by prescription or by a deficiency in the proceedings ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If within one year from the day of maturity recourse for payment has not been taken against the person who has given security or made the deposit.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="480">
              <ArticleTitle>480.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When an acceptor has been adjudged bankrupt, if he does not give proper security, the holder may demand acceptance from the referee in case of need ; but he must have a protest made and without delay give notice thereof to the referee in case of need.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If there is no referee in case of need, or if he does not give an absolute acceptance of the bill, the holder may demand proper security from the prior parties. In such case the provisions of Arts. 474-478 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="481">
              <ArticleTitle>481.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Security given in compliance with the provisions of Art. 480, 2 loses its effect, and any deposit made instead of security may be reclaimed :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the referee in case of need subsequently gives an absolute acceptance ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the acceptor subsequently gives proper security ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the cases specified in Art. 479, Nos. 2-5.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="5">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION V. PAYMENT.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="482">
              <ArticleTitle>482.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The holder of a bill of exchange payable at sight must present it for payment within one year from its date, or within any shorter time specified by the drawer.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder fails to prove by a protest that he has presented the bill as above prescribed, he loses his rights under the bill against the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="483">
              <ArticleTitle>483.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Payment need be made only on the surrender of the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The payer of a bill may require the holder to state on the bill that he has received payment and to affix his signature.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="484">
              <ArticleTitle>484.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Even though the acceptance is for the whole amount of the bill, the holder cannot refuse to accept part payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In case of part payment the holder must note it on the bill, make a copy thereof, sign it and deliver it to the payer.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="485">
              <ArticleTitle>485.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a demand for payment of the bill has not been made, the acceptor may, after the period for making a protest for non-acceptance has elapsed, free himself from his liability by depositing the amount due on the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="6">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VI. THE CLAIM FOR RECOURSE.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="486">
              <ArticleTitle>486.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the drawee fails to pay a bill of exchange, the holder has a claim for recourse against the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="487">
              <ArticleTitle>487.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a holder intends to claim under the provisions of the preceding article, he must present the bill to the drawee for payment, and if payment of the sum due on the bill is not made, must have it protested for nonpayment on the day of maturity or within the two days next following, and must give notice of the protest to the person against whom he intends to take recourse at the latest on the day next following the day of protest.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder fails to take the proceedings above prescribed, he loses his rights under the bill against the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="488">
              <ArticleTitle>488.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An indorser to whom the notice provided for in Art. 487, 1 has been given by a subsequent party may take recourse against any prior party.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In such case the indorser must give notice of his claim for recourse to the person against whom he intends to take it, at the latest on the next day after he himself has received notice.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="489">
              <ArticleTitle>489.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Even though the holder has not had the bill protested for non-payment, he does not lose his rights under it against those who have waived protest.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder has had a protest for non-payment made, even those parties who have waived protest are not discharged from their liability to pay the expenses thereof.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="490">
              <ArticleTitle>490.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the place of payment is different from the place of the domicile of the drawee, a holder who intends to take recourse must present the bill for payment to any other person named in the bill to pay in the place of the drawee, and if no such person has been named in the bill, to the drawee at the place of payment. If the other person named to pay or the drawee himself, as the case may be, fails to pay, the holder must have the bill protested for non-payment at the place of payment in conformity with the provisions of Art. 487, 1, and must without delay give notice of his claim for recourse.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If in the case of another person being named in the bill to pay the holder fails to take the proceedings specified in the foregoing paragraph, he loses his rights under the bill against the acceptor also.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="491">
              <ArticleTitle>491.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of a bill may take recourse for the following amounts:--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The sum due on the bill and not yet paid together with legal interest thereon from the day of maturity ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The fees for the protest and other expenses.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the place of the domicile of the person against whom recourse is taken is different from the place of payment, the amount above mentioned is calculated according to the rate of exchange of a bill payable at sight drawn from the place of payment on the place of the domicile of the person against whom recourse is to be taken. If there is no such rate at the place of payment, the calculation is made according to the rate of exchange of a bill payable at sight drawn upon the place nearest to the place of the domicile of the person against whom recourse is taken.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="492">
              <ArticleTitle>492.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>An indorser against whom recourse has been taken, may himself take recourse for the following amounts</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The sum paid by him together with legal interest thereon from the day of payment ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>All expenses paid by him.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In this case the provisions of Art. 491, 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="493">
              <ArticleTitle>493.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of a bill or an indorser may take recourse by drawing another bill upon a prior party.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="494">
              <ArticleTitle>494.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A bill drawn by a holder or an indorser under the provisions of the preceding article must be a bill at sight, the place of payment of which is to be the place of the domicile of the person against whom recourse is had.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If such a bill is drawn by the holder, the place of payment of the original bill, and if drawn by an indorser, the place of the latter's domicile is to be the place of drawing.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="495">
              <ArticleTitle>495.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Recourse can be taken only on surrender of the bill, the protest for non-payment and a recourse account.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A person who has paid the amount recoverable on recourse may require the person receiving the money to give a receipt on the recourse account and sign it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="496">
              <ArticleTitle>496.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 478, 2, apply correspondingly to a claim for recourse.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="7">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VII. SURETYSHIP.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="497">
              <ArticleTitle>497.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A person who puts his signature on a bill of exchange, a copy thereof or an alonge, in order to become a surety for an obligation arising upon the bill, has even though such obligation is invalid, the same liability as the principal debtor.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="498">
              <ArticleTitle>498.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If it does not appear for whom a person has become surety, he is deemed to have become surety for the acceptor, or if there is as yet no acceptance, for the drawer.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="499">
              <ArticleTitle>499.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A surety who has performed his obligation acquires the rights which the holder had against the principal debtor, and the rights which the latter would have against prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="8">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION VIII. INTERVENTION.</SectionTitle>
            <Subsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. ACCEPTANCE FOR HONOUR.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="500">
                <ArticleTitle>500.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a referee in case of need is named, the holder of a bill of exchange who has had it protested for non-acceptance, can claim security against his prior parties only after having demanded acceptance from such referee.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the referee in case of need does not accept, the holder must have such fact mentioned in the protest for non-acceptance.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="501">
                <ArticleTitle>501.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The holder of a bill may refuse an acceptance for honour from a person other than a referee in case of need.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="502">
                <ArticleTitle>502.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If several persons offer to accept for honour, the holder may at his option allow any one of them to accept.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="503">
                <ArticleTitle>503.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>An acceptance for honour is made by a declaration on the bill with the signature of the acceptor for honour.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the acceptor for honour does not designate in the bill the person for whom he accepts, the acceptance is deemed to have been made for the honour of the drawer.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="504">
                <ArticleTitle>504.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The holder must have entered in the protest for non-acceptance the fact of the acceptance for honour, and must deliver the protest to the acceptor for honour on payment of the expenses of its making. The acceptor for honour must without delay deliver the protest to the person for whom he has accepted.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="505">
                <ArticleTitle>505.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the drawee fails to pay the amount due on the bill the acceptor for honour is liable to the parties subsequent to the person for whom he has accepted to pay any amount unpaid on the bill together with the expenses ; but he is exempted from such liability, if the holder fails to present the bill to him for payment on the day of maturity or within the two days next following.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="506">
                <ArticleTitle>506.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The holder of a bill and the parties subsequent to the person for whom acceptance for honour is made lose by the acceptance for honour the right of demanding security.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="507">
                <ArticleTitle>507.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The person for whom acceptance for honour is made may demand security from the prior parties. In such case the provisions of Arts. 475-479 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
            <Subsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. PAYMENT FOR HONOUR.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="508">
                <ArticleTitle>508.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a referee in case of need is named or an acceptance for honour made, the holder of a bill of exchange who has had it protested for non-payment, can take recourse against the prior parties only after he has presented the bill for payment to the acceptor for honour, or if there is no acceptor for honour or if the acceptor for honour does not pay, to the referee in case of need, on the day of maturity or within the two days next following.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the acceptor for honour or the referee in case of need fails to pay, the holder must have such fact mentioned in the protest for non-payment.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the holder fails to proceed as prescribed in the two foregoing paragraphs, he loses his rights under the bill against the person who has named the referee or in whose favour acceptance for honour has been made, and the subsequent parties.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="509">
                <ArticleTitle>509.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The holder of a bill cannot refuse payment for honour even if offered by a person other than a referee in case of need or an acceptor for honour. If he refuses, he loses his rights under the bill against the party for whom payment for honour was offered and the parties subsequent to him.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="510">
                <ArticleTitle>510.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If several persons offer to pay a bill for honour, the holder must accept the payment by which the greatest number of persons will be discharged from their obligations.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="511">
                <ArticleTitle>511.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a payer for honour who is not a referee in case of need or an acceptor for honour does not name the person for whose honour he pays, such payment is deemed to be made for the benefit of the drawee.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="512">
                <ArticleTitle>512.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The holder must have the fact of the payment for honour entered in the protest for non-payment, and must on payment of the sum due on the bill and expenses deliver to the payer for honour the protest and the bill.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="513">
                <ArticleTitle>513.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When the payer for honour has made payment, he acquires the rights of the holder against the acceptor, the person for whose honour he has paid and the parties prior to him.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="9">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION IX. PROTEST.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="514">
              <ArticleTitle>514.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A protest is made on the application of the holder of a bill by a notary or a bailiff.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="515">
              <ArticleTitle>515.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In addition to the signature of the notary or bailiff a protest must contain :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The particulars mentioned in the bill, in a copy thereof and in an alonge ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the party protested against and of the protesting party ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The terms of the demand made to the party protested against, and a statement that the latter failed to comply with the demand, or the reason why it was not possible to reach him ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The place where and the date when the demand mentioned under No. 3 was made or could not be made ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the place of business or the domicile or residence of the party protested against is unknown, a statement that inquiry therefor was made of the Government or local authorities on the spot ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the protest is made at a place other than that prescribed by law, a statement that the party protested against has consented thereto ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If there has been an acceptance or payment for honour, the nature of the intervention and the name or trade name of the acceptor or payer for honour and of the person for whose honour intervention was made.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="516">
              <ArticleTitle>516.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a claim under a bill is to be made against two or more persons, one protest is sufficient as to such claim.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="517">
              <ArticleTitle>517.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A notary or bailiff who has made a protest must enter the whole contents of the instrument in his register.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a protest has been lost, the parties interested can demand a copy, which shall have the same force as the original.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="10">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION X. PARTS AND COPIES OF BILLS OF EXCHANGE.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="518">
              <ArticleTitle>518.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The holder of a bill of exchange may require the drawer to deliver to him several parts of the bill ; but a holder other than the payee can do so only through the successive intermediation of the prior parties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a drawer has made several parts of a bill, all the indorsers are bound to make their indorsements on each part of the bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="519">
              <ArticleTitle>519.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the parts of a bill are not designated as such, each of them is valid as an independent bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="520">
              <ArticleTitle>520.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">When a bill has been drawn in parts, if one of them is paid, all the other parts lose their effect, except those on which an acceptance is made.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A person who has indorsed several parts of a bill to different persons or who has put his acceptance on several parts, is liable according to the provisions relating to bills upon any part not surrendered to him at the time of payment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="521">
              <ArticleTitle>521.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the holder of parts of a bill has forwarded one part for acceptance, he must make a note on each other part of the person to whom he has forwarded it.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of a bill containing such a note may require the person to whom a part has been forwarded for acceptance to return such part to him. When such person does not return it, security can be required from or recourse had to the prior parties, as the case may be, only if such fact and the impossibility of getting acceptance or payment on one or more of the other parts of the bill is proved by protest.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="522">
              <ArticleTitle>522.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of a bill is entitled to make copies thereof.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If any particulars are inserted in a copy of a bill, they must be distinguished from particulars inserted in the original bill.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="523">
              <ArticleTitle>523.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a holder of a bill who has made copies thereof forwards the original bill for acceptance, he must make a note on each of the copies of the person to whom it has been forwarded.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The holder of a copy containing such a note can require the person to whom the original bill has been forwarded to return it to him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="524">
              <ArticleTitle>524.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the person to whom a bill has been forwarded for acceptance fails to return it, the holder of a copy of the bill, if he proves such fact by a protest, is entitled to demand security from the persons who have put their signature on the copy, or, after the day of maturity as mentioned in the copy has arrived, he may take recourse against the same.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III. PROMISSORY NOTES.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="525">
            <ArticleTitle>525.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In addition to the signature of the maker a promissory note must contain :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The designation of it as a promissory note ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>A sum certain ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the payee ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>An absolute promise to pay ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The date of making ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>A day certain of maturity ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="7">
                <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The place where it is made.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="526">
            <ArticleTitle>526.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the maker does not name in the promissory note a place of payment, the place where it is made is the place of payment.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="527">
            <ArticleTitle>527.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The holder of a note payable on a fixed day after sight must present the note to the maker within one year from its date, or if the maker has specified a shorter time in the note, within such time.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the holder fails to prove by a protest that he has presented the bill as above prescribed, he loses his rights under the bill against all prior parties except the maker.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="528">
            <ArticleTitle>528.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the maker of a note payable on a fixed day after sight does not on presentation state on the bill the fact or the day of presentation, the holder must have a protest made within the time limited for presentation. In such case the day of the making of the protest is deemed to be the day of presentation.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the holder fails to have a protest made, he loses his rights under the bill against all prior parties except the maker.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the maker does not state on the note the time of presentation, and the holder fails to have a protest made, the last day of the time limited for presentation is deemed to be the day of presentation.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="529">
            <ArticleTitle>529.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 446, 449-451, 453-457, 459464, 471, 480-499, 508-517 and 522 apply correspondingly to promissory notes.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. CHEQUES.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="530">
            <ArticleTitle>530.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In addition to the signature of the drawer a cheque must contain :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The designation of it as a cheque ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>A sum certain ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the drawee ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the payee, or a statement that the cheque is payable to bearer ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>An absolute order to pay ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The date of drawing ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="7">
                <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The place of payment.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="531">
            <ArticleTitle>531.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A person may draw a cheque payable to himself.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="532">
            <ArticleTitle>532.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A cheque is payable at sight.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="533">
            <ArticleTitle>533.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The holder of a cheque must present it for payment within one week from its date.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A holder who fails to present the cheque as above prescribed cannot take recourse against his prior parties.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="534">
            <ArticleTitle>534.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>For the purpose of recourse against the prior parties it is sufficient that the holder of a cheque instead of having a protest for non-payment made, causes the drawee within the time fixed in Art. 533, 1 to note the refusal of payment and its date on the cheque with his signature.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="535">
            <ArticleTitle>535.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the drawer or the holder of a cheque draws two parallel lines on its face and writes between the lines the word “ bank ” or any other word having the same meaning, the drawee can make payment only to a bank.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the drawer or the holder writes the trade name of a particular bank between the parallel lines, the drawee can make payment only to such bank. This, however, does not affect the right of the latter bank to appoint another bank to collect the cheque by striking out its own trade name and inserting the trade name of the other bank.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="536">
            <ArticleTitle>536.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A drawer is liable to a fine of from five yen to one thousand yen :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If he draws a cheque except against a deposit or a credit granted to him ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If he inserts a false date in a cheque.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="537">
            <ArticleTitle>537.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 446, 452, 455, 457, 459-462, 464/483, 484/486-489, 491, 492, 495, 496, 514, 515 and 517 apply correspondingly to cheques.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
      </Part>
      <Part Num="5">
        <PartTitle>BOOK V. COMMERCE BY SEA.</PartTitle>
        <Chapter Num="1">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER I. SHIPS AND SHIPOWNERS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="538">
            <ArticleTitle>538.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A ship in the sense of this law is a vessel used in navigation at sea for the purpose of doing commercial transactions.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of this Book do not apply to small vessels or to vessels moved wholly or mainly by oars of any kind.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="539">
            <ArticleTitle>539.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Things entered in the ship's inventory of appurtenances are presumed to be accessory to the ship.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="540">
            <ArticleTitle>540.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The shipowner must make registration as provided by special laws, and must have a ship's certificate of nationality issued to him.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing paragraph do not apply to ships of less than twenty tons burden or than two hundred koku carrying capacity.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="541">
            <ArticleTitle>541.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>An assignment of the ownership of a ship can be set up against third persons only if it has been registered and noted in the certificate of nationality.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="542">
            <ArticleTitle>542.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the ownership of a ship is assigned pending a voyage, the profits and losses of such voyage belong to the assignee, unless otherwise provided by special agreement.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="543">
            <ArticleTitle>543.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A seizure or a provisional seizure cannot be levied upon a ship after she has completed the preparations for her departure on a voyage,</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="proviso">except for an obligation contracted on account of such departure.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="544">
            <ArticleTitle>544.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A shipowner can free himself from liability for acts of the master done within the limits of his legal authority or for damage to other persons caused by the acts of the master or another mariner in the performance of his duties, by abandoning at the ending of the voyage to the creditor the ship, the freight and all claims for damages or commission which have accrued to him in relation to the ship ; but this does not apply if he himself is in fault.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing paragraph do not apply to the rights of a mariner under his contract of hiring.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="545">
            <ArticleTitle>545.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A shipowner cannot exercise the right mentioned in the preceding article, if he enters upon a new voyage without the consent of the creditor.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="546">
            <ArticleTitle>546.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As between co-owners of a ship all matters relating to the use of the ship arc to be decided by a vote of the majority according to the value of their interests.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="547">
            <ArticleTitle>547.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Co-owners of a ship must bear all expenses for the use of the ship in proportion to the value of their respective interests.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="548">
            <ArticleTitle>548.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the co-owners resolve to undertake a new voyage or to make extensive repairs of the ship, any dissentient co-owner may require the others to buy his interest at a reasonable price.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">A co-owner intending to make such a requirement must give notice thereof to the other co-owners or to the ship's husband within three days after the passing of such resolution. If, however, such co-owner did not take part in the proceedings at the passing of su h resolution, the said period of three days begins with the day following the day when he received notice of it.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="549">
            <ArticleTitle>549.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Each co-owner is liable in proportion to the value of his interest for the performance of all obligations arising as to the use of the ship.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="550">
            <ArticleTitle>550.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>An apportionment of profits and losses must be made at the end of each voyage in proportion to the value of the respective interests of the co-owners.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="551">
            <ArticleTitle>551.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Even though there exist relations of association between the co-owners of a ship, any one of them, with the exception of the ship's husband, may assign his interest in the ship or any part thereof without the consent of the other co-owners.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="552">
            <ArticleTitle>552.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The co-owners must appoint a ship's husband.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>For the appointment of a person who is not himself a co-owner the consent of all the co-owners is necessary.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The appointment of a ship's husband and the termination of his right of representation must be registered.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="553">
            <ArticleTitle>553.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The ship's husband has authority to do in the place of the co-owners all acts in or out of court relating to the use of the ship, except as follows :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The assignment, abandonment, letting or mortgaging of the ship ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The insurance of the ship ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>The undertaking of a new voyage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Extensive repairs of the ship ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Borrowing money.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A limitation upon the right of representation of a ship's husband cannot be set up against third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="554">
            <ArticleTitle>554.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A ship's husband must keep a special book in which all matters relating to the use of the ship are to be entered.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>At the end of each voyage the ship's husband must without delay render an account of the voyage and submit it to all the co-owners for their approval.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="555">
            <ArticleTitle>555.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If by reason of the transfer of the interest of a coowner or of his losing his nationality the ship would lose her Japanese nationality, the other co-owners may buy such co-owner's interest at a reasonable price or apply to the court to have it sold at public auction.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When a ship belonging to a company would lose her Japanese nationality by the transfer of the interest of a partner, the other partners in the case of an ordinary partnership, or the other partners with unlimited liability in the case of a limited partnership or of a joint stock limited partnership may buy such interest at a reasonable price.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="556">
            <ArticleTitle>556.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The hiring of a ship, if duly registered, is valid also against any third person who afterwards acquires a real right in the ship.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="557">
            <ArticleTitle>557.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The hirer of a ship who uses her in navigation at sea for the purpose of doing commercial transactions has as against third persons the same rights and duties in all matters relating to her use as a shipowner.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In such case any preferential right arising in respect of the use of the ship is valid also against the owner ; unless the person entitled to such right had notice that the act was in contravention of the contract for use.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="2">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER II. MARINERS. * The word “ mariners ” includes in this translation the master of the ship.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION I. THE MASTER.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="558">
              <ArticleTitle>558.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The master is exempted from liability for damage to the owner, charterer, shipper and other persons interested only if he proves that he has not failed to use due care in the performance of his duties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Except as to the shipowner, the master is not exempted from such liability even though he has acted under the shipowner's orders.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="559">
              <ArticleTitle>559.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a seaman acting in the performance of his duties causes damage to any other person, the master is exempted from liability therefor only if he proves that he has not failed to exercise due supervision.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="560">
              <ArticleTitle>560.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the master is prevented by any unavoidable circumstance from commanding the ship himself, he may, unless otherwise provided by law or regulation, appoint another person to perform such functions ; in which case he will be responsible to the owner for such appointment.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="561">
              <ArticleTitle>561.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>It is the duty of the master before starting upon a voyage to ascertain whether any obstacle exists to the prosecution of the voyage, and whether all necessary preparations have been duly made for the voyage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="562">
              <ArticleTitle>562.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The master must have on board the following papers :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The ship's certificate of nationality ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>A list of the seamen ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>An inventory of the ship's appurtenances ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The log book ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>A list of the passengers ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="6">
                  <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>All papers relating to the contract of carriage and to the cargo ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="7">
                  <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>All papers received from the custom house.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>As to ships not going to foreign countries it may be provided by regulation that they need not have on board the papers mentioned under Nos. 3-5 of the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="563">
              <ArticleTitle>563.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Except in case of unavoidable necessity, the master may from the time of the loading of the goods and the coming on board of the passengers until the goods are discharged and the passsengers landed, leave the ship commanded by him only after having entrusted his functions to the person who is to command the ship in his place.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="564">
              <ArticleTitle>564.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When the preparations for a voyage are completed, the master must proceed on the voyage without delay and prosecute it to the port of destination without deviation from the route previously fixed, unless a case of necessity arises.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="565">
              <ArticleTitle>565.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>During the voyage the master must take such measures in respect to the cargo as are for the best interest of all the parties concerned.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Any party interested may free himself, from an obligation arising in respect to his goods from an act of the master by abandoning such goods to the creditor, unless such party is himself in fault.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="566">
              <ArticleTitle>566.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Outside of the ship's home port, the master has authority to do all acts in or out of court necessary for the voyage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the ship's home port he has authority only to hire and discharge seamen, except so far as a special mandate has been given him.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="567">
              <ArticleTitle>567.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A limitation upon the master's rights of representation cannot be set up against third persons acting in good faith.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="568">
              <ArticleTitle>568.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The following acts can be done by the master only to pay the expenses of repairs of the ship, of assistance in case of distress or of salvage or any expenses necessary to the prosecution of the voyage : --</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The mortgage of the ship ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>Borrowing money ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>The sale or pledge of the whole or a part of the cargo, except in the case mentioned in Art. 565, 1.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In the case of a sale or a pledge of the cargo by the master, the amount of damages to be paid is determined by its value at the port of discharge at the time when it ought to have arrived, less all expenses saved thereby.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="569">
              <ArticleTitle>569.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the master without a special mandate for doing so, has incurred expenses or assumed obligations for the purposes of the voyage, the shipowner may exercise against him the right specified in Art. 544.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="570">
              <ArticleTitle>570.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the ship becomes unrepairable outside of her home port, the master may sell her at public auction by permission of the maritime authorities.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="571">
              <ArticleTitle>571.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the following cases a ship is deemed to be unrepairable :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the repairs cannot be made at the place where the ship actually is, and the ship cannot be taken to a place where they could be made ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the cost of the repairs would be more than three-fourths of the value of the ship.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The value as specified under No. 2 is, in case the ship is damaged pending the voyage, the value which she had at the commencement of the voyage, in other cases her value before the happening of the damage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="572">
              <ArticleTitle>572.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If necessary for the prosecution of the voyage, the master may use the cargo for the purposes of the voyage. In such case the provisions of Art. 568, 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="573">
              <ArticleTitle>573.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The master must without delay submit to the shipowner a report on all important circumstances relating to the voyage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The master must without delay at the end of each voyage render an account of the voyage and submit it to the shipowner for his approval. If required by the shipowner, he must render such account at any time.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="574">
              <ArticleTitle>574.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The shipowner may discharge the master at any time, but if the discharge is without just cause, the master may claim from the shipowner compensation for all damage arising therefrom.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a master who is also a co-owner is discharged against his will, he may require the other co-owners to buy his interest for a reasonable price.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a master intends to make such requirement, he must without delay give notice thereof to the other co-owners or the ship's husband.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="575">
              <ArticleTitle>575.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>All obligations in favour of the master against the shipowner are extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. SEAMEN.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="576">
              <ArticleTitle>576.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After the proceedings of hiring have been duly completed, a seaman must go on board at the time appointed by the master.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After coming on board a seaman must not leave the ship without the permission of the master.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="577">
              <ArticleTitle>577.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>During the time of service a seaman's maintenance must be provided for by the shipowner.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="578">
              <ArticleTitle>578.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a seaman during the time of his service without any excess or gross fault of his own falls sick or is hurt, the shipowner must bear the costs of medical treatment and care for him for a period not exceeding three months.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In the case of the foregoing paragraph a seaman is entitled to his wages for the time during which he has rendered his services. He is entitled to his whole wages, if he has contracted the sickness or received the hurt in the performance of his duties.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="579">
              <ArticleTitle>579.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a seaman's wages have been fixed at a lump sum for one voyage, and the voyage is prolonged in time or, except on account of some vis major, in distance, the seaman is entitled to a proportionate increase of wages. If the time or distance of the voyage is reduced, he is still entitled to full wages.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="580">
              <ArticleTitle>580.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a seaman dies after he has entered upon his service, the shipowner must pay his wages up to the day of his death.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a seaman dies in consequence of the performance of his duties, the shipowner must bear the expenses of his burial.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="581">
              <ArticleTitle>581.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the following cases the master may discharge a seaman :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If it appears, before the voyage is commenced, that he is unfit for his service ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If he neglects his duties to a material extent, or if he commits a gross fault in the performance of his duties ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If he is sentenced to imprisonment or any severer punishment ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="4">
                  <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If he falls sick or is hurt, so as to be no longer able to render his services ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="5">
                  <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If in consequence of vis major the departure of the ship or the prosecution of the voyage becomes impossible.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the cases mentioned in Nos. 1--3 the seaman is entitled to his wages for the time that he has rendered his services.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="3">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In the cases mentioned in Nos. 4 and 5 the seaman may demand his wages up to the time of his discharge, and is also entitled to be sent back to the port where he shipped ; but in the case mentioned in No. 4 the provisions of the foregoing paragraph apply, if there is a fault on the part of the seaman.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="582">
              <ArticleTitle>582.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a seaman is discharged without any of the causes specified in Art. 581, 1, he is entitled to his wages not only for the time he has rendered services but for one additional month. If such discharge takes place elsewhere than at the port where he shipped, he is also entitled to his wages for a time sufficient for his return to such port, and to be sent back to such port.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="583">
              <ArticleTitle>583.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A seaman is entitled to claim his discharge in the following cases:--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the ship loses her Japanese nationality ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If without fault on his part he falls sick or is hurt, so that he is unable to render his services ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the master illtreats him.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the cases of the foregoing paragraph the seaman is entitled to his wages up to the day of his discharge and to be sent back to the port where he shipped.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="584">
              <ArticleTitle>584.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If during the voyage the ownership of the ship is changed, the rights and duties of a seaman under his contract of hiring continue for and against the new shipowner.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="585">
              <ArticleTitle>585.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The hiring of a seaman must not be for more than one year.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The hiring of a seaman may be renewed, but not for more than one year from the time of renewal.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="586">
              <ArticleTitle>586.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the term of the hiring is not fixed, a seaman, unless otherwise provided by a special agreement, cannot demand his discharge until the ship is safely anchored, the cargo discharged and the passengers landed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="587">
              <ArticleTitle>587.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The contract of hiring made with a seaman comes to an end in the following cases :--</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
                <Item Num="1">
                  <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the ship is lost ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="2">
                  <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If she becomes unrepairable ;</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
                <Item Num="3">
                  <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                  <ItemSentence>
                    <Sentence>If she is captured.</Sentence>
                  </ItemSentence>
                </Item>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>In the cases of the foregoing paragraph a seaman is entitled to his wages up to the time of the termination of the contract and to be sent back to the port where he shipped.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="588">
              <ArticleTitle>588.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>When a seaman is entitled to be sent back to the port where he shipped, he may instead claim the cost thereof in money.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="589">
              <ArticleTitle>589.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 575 apply correspondingly to obligations existing in favour of a seaman.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="3">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER III CARRIAGE BY SEA. SECTION I.</ChapterTitle>
          <Section Num="1">
            <SectionTitle>THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS.</SectionTitle>
            <Subsection Num="1">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION I. GENERAL PROVISIONS.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="590">
                <ArticleTitle>590.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a contract of carriage is made for the whole 01 a part of a ship, either party must on demand of the other deliver a written contract of carriage.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="591">
                <ArticleTitle>591.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The shipowner warrants to the charterer or the shipper that the ship is seaworthy at the time of her sailing.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="592">
                <ArticleTitle>592.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The shipowner cannot even by an express agreement be exempted from liability for damage caused by his own fault or by the bad faith or the gross fault of a mariner or of any other person employed or by the unseaworthiness of the ship.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="593">
                <ArticleTitle>593.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If goods have been loaded on board in contravention of any law or regulation or not in pursuance of the contract, the master may at any time discharge such goods, and if the safety of ship or cargo is endangered by them, he may even jettison them. If, however, he carries the goods, he may charge the maximum freight for that kind of goods at the place and time of loading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Claims of the shipowner or other persons interested for damages are not affected by the provisions of the foregoing paragraph.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="594">
                <ArticleTitle>594.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the contract of carriage covers the whole ship, the shipowner must give notice to the charterer as soon as the necessary preparations for the loading of the goods have been duly completed.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a time is fixed within which the charterer is to effect the loading of the goods, it is computed from the day after the day of the above mentioned notice. If goods are loaded after the expiration of such time, the shipowner is entitled even without an express agreement to reasonable compensation.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The days during which loading is prevented by vis major are not reckoned as a part of the time of loading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="595">
                <ArticleTitle>595.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the master is to receive the goods from a third person, and such person cannot be ascertained or does not load the goods, the master must at once give notice thereof to the charterer. In such case the loading of the goods by the charterer can be made only within the time fixed for loading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="596">
                <ArticleTitle>596.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The charterer may, even though he has not loaded the whole goods, require the master to commence the voyage.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A charterer who makes such a requirement must pay in addition to the full freight, all expenses arising from his failure to load the whole goods and must, if required by the shipowner, give proper security.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="597">
                <ArticleTitle>597.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The master may at once begin the voyage at the expiration of the time fixed for loading, even though the charterer has not loaded the whole goods.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In that case the provisions of Art. 596, 2 apply correspondingly.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="598">
                <ArticleTitle>598.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Before the voyage has been begun, the charterer may terminate the contract on paying one half of the freight.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the charter includes a return voyage and the charterer terminates the contract before the beginning of the return voyage, he must pay two thirds of the freight. The same applies, if the ship is to come from another port to the port of loading and the charterer terminates the contract before the departure of the ship from the port of loading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the charterer terminates the contract under the provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs after the whole or a part of the goods have been loaded, he must bear the expenses of their loading and discharging.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="4">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the charterer does not load the goods within the time fixed for doing so, he is deemed to have terminated the contract.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="599">
                <ArticleTitle>599.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Even though the contract is terminated under the provisions of the preceding article, the charterer is not exempted from his obligation to pay incidental costs and disbursements.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In the case of Art. 598, 2 the charterer must in addition pay in proportion to the value of the goods any amount to be borne on the ground of common sea damage, assistance in distress or salvage.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="600">
                <ArticleTitle>600.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>After the voyage has begun, the charterer may terminate the contract only on condition that besides paying full freight he performs the obligations provided for in Art. 606, 1 and makes compensation for all damage arising from the discharging of the goods or gives proper security.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="601">
                <ArticleTitle>601.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If in case of a partial charter of the ship the charterer before the commencement of the voyage terminates the contract without the other charterers and shippers doing the same, he must pay the full freight ; but any freight earned by the shipowner from the carriage of other goods is deducted.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the whole or a part of the goods have already been loaded, the charterer can even before the commencement of the voyage terminate the contract only with the consent of the other charterers and shippers.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of the seven preceding articles apply correspondingly to a partial charter of a ship.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="602">
                <ArticleTitle>602.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the contract of carriage is for the carriage of particular goods, the shipper must without delay load the goods in accordance with the directions of the master.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the shipper neglects to load the goods, the master may begin the voyage at once. In such case the shipper must pay the full freight, but any freight earned by the shipowner from the carriage of other goods is deducted.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="603">
                <ArticleTitle>603.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 601 apply correspondingly in case a shipper terminates the contract.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="604">
                <ArticleTitle>604.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The charterer or the shipper must deliver all necessary papers to the master within the time set for loading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="605">
                <ArticleTitle>605.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>In case of a charter of the whole or a part of the ship, the master must give notice to the consignee as soon as the necessary preparations for the discharge of the goods have been duly completed.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If a time for discharge is fixed, it is computed from the day after the day of such notice, If goods are discharged after the expiration of such time, the shipowner is entitled, even without an express agreement, to a reasonable compensation.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="3">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Those days during which discharge is prevented by vis major are not reckoned as a part of the time for discharge.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="4">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the contract of carriage is for particular goods, the consignee must unload them without delay in accordance with the directions of the master.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="606">
                <ArticleTitle>606.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When the consignee has received the goods, he is bound to pay, according to the contract of carriage or to the tenor of the bill of lading, the freight, incidental expenses, disbursements and any amount to be borne in proportion to the value of the goods on the ground of common sea damage, assistance in distress or salvage.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The master must not deliver the goods except on the payment of the aforesaid sums.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="607">
                <ArticleTitle>607.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the consignee neglects to receive the goods, the master may deposit them. In such case he must without delay give notice thereof to the consignee.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the consignee cannot be ascertained, or if he refuses to receive the goods, the master must deposit them. In such case he must without delay give notice thereof to the charterer or shipper.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="608">
                <ArticleTitle>608.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the freight is according to the weight or bulk of the goods, its amount is determined by their weight or bulk at the time of delivery.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="609">
                <ArticleTitle>609.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the freight is according to time, its amount is determined by the time from the day when the loading of the goods was begun to the day when the discharge is completed ; but any time during which the ship by vis major was compelled to lie at anchor at the port of departure or in the course of the voyage, or to undergo repairs in the course of the voyage is to be excluded. The same applies in the case of Art. 594, 2 or Art. 605, 2 to days on which goods are loaded or discharged after the time limited for loading or discharge has expired.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="610">
                <ArticleTitle>610.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A shipowner, in order to obtain payment of the amount mentioned in Art. 606, 1 may by the permission of the court sell the goods by public auction.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The shipowner may exercise this right against the goods even after the master has delivered them to the consignee ; but this provision does not apply, if two weeks have elapsed since the day of delivery, or if a third person has acquired the possession of the goods.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="611">
                <ArticleTitle>611.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the shipowner does not exercise the right mentioned in the preceding article, he loses his claim against the charterer or shipper ; provided that the latter persons must make compensation so far as they have been actually enriched.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="612">
                <ArticleTitle>612.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the whole or a part of the ship has been chartered and the charterer again makes a contract of carriage with a third person, the shipowner only is bound to such third person to perform the latter contract so far as that lies within the limits of the master's duties ; but this does not affect the exercise of the right mentioned in Art. 544.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="613">
                <ArticleTitle>613.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the whole ship is chartered, the contract of carriage is terminated in the following cases :--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>For the cause mentioned in Art. 587, 1 ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If the goods are lost by vis major.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the cause mentioned in Art. 587, 1 occurs during the voyage, the charterer must pay freight in propor tion to the part of the carriage performed, but not to exceed the value of the goods.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="614">
                <ArticleTitle>614.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If it happens that the voyage or the carriage would be contrary to law or regulation, or if by reason of any vis major the object of the contract can no longer be accomplished, either party may terminate the contract.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If such cause occurs after the commencement of the voyage, and in consequence thereof the contract is terminated, the charterer must pay freight in proportion to the part of the carriage performed.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="615">
                <ArticleTitle>615.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the causes mentioned in Art. 613, 1, No. 2 and Art. 614, 1 affect a part of the cargo only, the charterer may load other goods so far as the obligations of the shipowner are not thereby made more onerous.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If the charterer elects to exercise this right, he must discharge or load the goods without delay. If he neglects to do so, he must pay full freight.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="616">
                <ArticleTitle>616.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 613 and 614 apply correspondingly to a contract of carriage relating to a part of the ship or to particular goods.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph Num="2">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">Even though the causes mentioned in Arts. 613, 1, No. 2, and 614, 1 affect only a part of the goods, the charterer or shipper may terminate the contract on payment of the full freight.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="617">
                <ArticleTitle>617.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A shipowner may claim the full freight:--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If the master has sold or pledged the goods according to the provisions of Art. 568, 1 ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If he has used them for the purpose of the voyage according to the provisions of Art. 572 ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If he has disposed of them according to the provisions of Art. 641.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="618">
                <ArticleTitle>618.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Obligations existing in favour of the shipowner against a charterer, shipper or consignee are extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="619">
                <ArticleTitle>619.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 328, 336-341 and 348 apply correspondingly to shipowners.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
            <Subsection Num="2">
              <SubsectionTitle>SUBSECTION II. BILLS OF LADING.</SubsectionTitle>
              <Article Num="620">
                <ArticleTitle>620.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Upon the loading of the goods the master must on demand deliver at once to the charterer or shipper a bill of lading in one or more parts.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="621">
                <ArticleTitle>621.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The shipowner may authorize a person other than the master to deliver bills of lading in the latter's place.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="622">
                <ArticleTitle>622.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>A bill of lading must be signed by the master or the person acting in his place and must contain :--</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                  <Item Num="1">
                    <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name and the nationality of the ship ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="2">
                    <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name of the master, unless he himself executes the bill ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="3">
                    <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The nature, weight or bulk of the goods and the manner of their packing, their number and markings ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="4">
                    <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the charterer 01 shipper ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="5">
                    <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The name or the trade name of the consignee, or a statement that the goods are to be delivered to the holder ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="6">
                    <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The port of loading ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="7">
                    <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The port of discharge, or if the port of discharge is to be designated by the charterer or shipper after the beginning of the voyage, the port where such designation is to be made ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="8">
                    <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The freight ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="9">
                    <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>If the bill of lading is drawn in several parts, the number of such parts ;</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                  <Item Num="10">
                    <ItemTitle>10.</ItemTitle>
                    <ItemSentence>
                      <Sentence>The place and the date of the execution of the bill of lading.</Sentence>
                    </ItemSentence>
                  </Item>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="623">
                <ArticleTitle>623.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The charterer or shipper must, if required by the master or the person acting in his place, deliver a signed copy of the bill.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="624">
                <ArticleTitle>624.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>If at the port of discharge the holder of one part of a bill of lading drawn in parts demands the delivery of the goods, the master cannot refuse it.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="625">
                <ArticleTitle>625.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>Outside of the port of discharge the master may deliver the goods only on surrender of all the parts of the bill of lading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="626">
                <ArticleTitle>626.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When two or more holders of a bill of lading demand delivery of the goods, the master must without delay deposit them and give notice thereof to each of the holders who have demanded such delivery. If after the master has already delivered a part of the goods in accordance with the provisions of Art. 624, another holder demands delivery of the goods, the same applies to the remainder of the goods.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="627">
                <ArticleTitle>627.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When there are two or more holders of a bill of lading, if one of then has got delivery of the goods from the master before the other holders, the bills of lading of the latter lose their effect.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="628">
                <ArticleTitle>628.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>When there are two or more holders of a bill of lading, if the master has not yet delivered the goods to any one of them, the one who holds the bill that was first forwarded or delivered by the original holder exercises his right before the other holders.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
              <Article Num="629">
                <ArticleTitle>629.</ArticleTitle>
                <Paragraph Num="1">
                  <ParagraphNum/>
                  <ParagraphSentence>
                    <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 334, 335, 455 and 483 apply correspondingly to bills of lading.</Sentence>
                  </ParagraphSentence>
                </Paragraph>
              </Article>
            </Subsection>
          </Section>
          <Section Num="2">
            <SectionTitle>SECTION II. THE CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS.</SectionTitle>
            <Article Num="630">
              <ArticleTitle>630.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A passage ticket issued to a person named in it cannot be transferred to another person.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="631">
              <ArticleTitle>631.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The maintenance of the passengers during the voyage is at the charge of the shipowner.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="632">
              <ArticleTitle>632.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The shipowner cannot charge separate freight for the luggage which a passenger has a right to bring on board under his contract, except by virtue of an express agreement to that effect.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="633">
              <ArticleTitle>633.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a passenger does not come on board by the time of departure, the master may begin or prosecute the voyage without him. In such case the passenger must pay his full fare.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="634">
              <ArticleTitle>634.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>Before the commencement of the voyage the passenger may terminate the contract by paying one half of his fare.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>After the commencement of the voyage the passenger can terminate the contract only by paying his whole fare.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="635">
              <ArticleTitle>635.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If before the commencement of the voyage it happens that the passenger cannot make the voyage by reason of his death, his sickness or any vis major affecting his person, the shipowner is entitled to one quarter of the fare.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If one of the aforesaid causes occurs after the commencement of the voyage, the shipowner may demand at his option either one quarter of the fare or so much of the fare as is proportional to the part of the voyage performed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="636">
              <ArticleTitle>636.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a ship has to be repaired during the voyage, the master must during the time of such repairs supply the passenger with proper lodging and maintenance. But this does not apply, if he offers to forward the passenger by another ship to the port of destination without prejudice to the passenger's rights under the contract.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="637">
              <ArticleTitle>637.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>A contract for carriage comes to an end by any of the causes specified in Art. 587,1. If such cause occurs during the voyage, the passenger must pay fare in proportion to the part of the voyage performed.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="638">
              <ArticleTitle>638.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a passenger dies, the master must take measures as to his luggage on board in such a way as is most to the interest of the heirs.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="639">
              <ArticleTitle>639.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 350, 351,1, 352, 591, 592, 614, and 618 apply correspondingly to the carriage of passengers by sea.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
              <Paragraph Num="2">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>The provisions of Arts. 593 and 617 apply correspondingly to passengers* luggage.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
            <Article Num="640">
              <ArticleTitle>640.</ArticleTitle>
              <Paragraph Num="1">
                <ParagraphNum/>
                <ParagraphSentence>
                  <Sentence>If a ship is wholly or partly chartered to carry passengers, the provisions of Subsection I of the preceding Section apply correspondingly to the relations between the shipowner and the charterer.</Sentence>
                </ParagraphSentence>
              </Paragraph>
            </Article>
          </Section>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="4">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER IV. SEA DAMAGE.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="641">
            <ArticleTitle>641.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Common sea damage is any damage and expense arising from a disposition made by the master in regard to the ship or cargo to save both from a common danger.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>This provision does not affect a recourse by a party interested against any person from whose fault the danger arose.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="642">
            <ArticleTitle>642.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>All persons interested must contribute to common sea damage according to the proportion of the value of the ship or the cargo saved thereby, one half of the freight and the amount of the damage forming common sea damage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="643">
            <ArticleTitle>643.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">As to the amount to be contributed to common sea damage the value of the ship is her value at the time and place of arrival, the value of the cargo is its value at the time and place of discharge ; but as to the cargo, freight and expenses which in the case of loss need not be paid, arc to be deducted from its value.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="644">
            <ArticleTitle>644.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The persons bound to contribute to common sea damage according to the provisions of the preceding two articles are not responsible beyond the values remaining at the time of the arrival of the ship or of the delivery of the cargo.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="645">
            <ArticleTitle>645.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The value of the armament of the ship, the wages of the mariners, the supplies for them and for passengers and their clothing are not included in the contribution to common sea damage ; but nevertheless damage to any such thing is to be contributed for by the other parties interested.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="646">
            <ArticleTitle>646.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>Damage to goods laden without a bill of lading or any documents sufficient for assessing the value of the cargo, or to appurtenances of the ship not included in the inventory of appurtenances, need not be borne by the persons interested.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The same applies to goods loaded on deck, except in the case of short coasting voyages.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The persons interested, in cargo mentioned in the foregoing two paragraphs are, however, not exempted from the liability to contribute to common sea damage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="647">
            <ArticleTitle>647.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The amount of the damage forming common sea damage is determined with reference to the value of the ship at the time and place of arrival or of the cargo at the time and place of discharge, but in respect to the cargo all expenses are to be deducted whose payment has been made unnecessary by the loss or damage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Art. 338 apply correspondingly to common sea damage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="648">
            <ArticleTitle>648.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If in bills of lading or other documents sufficient for assessing the value of cargo, the value of cargo is stated lower than its actual value, the amount of damage caused to such cargo is to be determined with reference to the value so stated.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the value of cargo is stated higher than the actual value, the persons interested in such cargo are liable for common sea damage in proportion to the value so stated.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the foregoing two paragraphs apply correspondingly, if a wilfully false statement has been made as to any circumstance afflicting the value of the cargo.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="649">
            <ArticleTitle>649.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If after the parties interested have contributed to the common sea damage in accordance with the provisions of Art. 642, the owner of the ship, its appurtenances or the cargo recovers the whole or a part thereof, he is bound to pay back what he has received in payment after deducting therefrom the expense of salvage and the amount of the damage arising from a partial loss or damage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="650">
            <ArticleTitle>650.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If in the case of collision caused by the fault of mariners of both ships, it cannot be determined which party was more in fault, the owners of both ships shall bear the loss arising by such collision equally.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="651">
            <ArticleTitle>651.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>An obligation arising from common sea damage or collision is extinguished by prescription after the expiration of one year.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In case of common sea damage such period is computed from the completion of the adjustment.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="652">
            <ArticleTitle>652.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of this chapter apply correspondingly to expenses which have been necessarily incurred because the ship has been detained in the port of departure or in the course of the voyage by any vis major.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="5">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER V. MARINE INSURANCE.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="653">
            <ArticleTitle>653.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A contract of marine insurance is for indemnification against loss which is liable to arise from any cause connected with the voyage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of Book III, Chapter X, Section I, Subsection I apply to marine insurance so far as there are no different provisions contained in this chapter.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="654">
            <ArticleTitle>654.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>So far as not differently provided in this chapter or in the contract of insurance, the underwriter is bound to indemnify any loss arising during the continuance of insurance to the subject of insurance from a cause connected with the voyage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="655">
            <ArticleTitle>655.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">The underwriter is responsible for the amount to be contributed to common sea damage by the insured. If, however, only a part of the insurable interest is insured, the amount to be paid by the underwriter is determined by the ratio of the sum insured to the insurable interest.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="656">
            <ArticleTitle>656.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As to an insurance of a ship, the insurable interest is her value at the time when the risk of the underwriter begins.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="657">
            <ArticleTitle>657.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As to an insurance of cargo, the insurable interest is its value at the time and place of loading plus the expenses of loading and insurance.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="658">
            <ArticleTitle>658.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>As to an insurance on profits to be made or any commission to be gained by the arrival of the cargo, if the insurable interest is not fixed by the contract, the sum insured is presumed to be the insurable interest.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="659">
            <ArticleTitle>659.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a ship is insured for a single voyage, the risk of the underwriter commences when the loading of goods or taking of ballast begins.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a ship is insured after the goods have been loaded or the ballast has been taken in, the risk begins at the time when the contract comes into existence.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In the cases mentioned in the foregoing two paragraphs the risk ends on the discharge of the goods or ballast at the port of destination being finished. If, however, the discharge is delayed, except by vis major, the risk ends at the time when the discharge ought to have been finished.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="660">
            <ArticleTitle>660.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the cargo or profits to be made or any commission to be gained by its arrival is insured, the risk of the underwriter begins at the time when the cargo leaves the land, and ends when the discharge of the cargo is finished at the port of discharge.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the case of the foregoing paragraph the proviso of Art. 659, 3 applies correspondingly.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="661">
            <ArticleTitle>661.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In addition to the particulars specified in Art. 403, 2, a policy of marine insurance must contain :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the ship is insured, her name, nationality and class, the name of the master, the ports of departure and destination or, if there are any ports of call, such ports ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the cargo or profits to be made or any commission to be gained by its arrival is insured, the name, nationality and class of the ship and the ports of loading and of discharge.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="662">
            <ArticleTitle>662.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the voyage is changed before the risk of the underwriter begins, the contract of insurance loses its effect.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the voyage is changed after the risk has begun, the underwriter is freed from liability for circumstances happening after the change has been made. But this does not apply, if the cause of the change is not imputable either to the insurer or to the insured.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the port of destination is changed, and the carrying out of the change has been begun, this shall be deemed a change of the voyage, even though the ship has not deviated from the insured route.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="663">
            <ArticleTitle>663.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If the insured fails to begin or prosecute the voyage, or if he changes the route or otherwise substantially changes or increases the risk, the underwriter is not liable for events which happen after such change or increase ; but this does not apply, if such change or increase did not contribute to the happening of the event, or if the change or increase was owing to any vis major imputable to the underwriter or was for any just cause.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="664">
            <ArticleTitle>664.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A change of the master does not affect the validity of the contract of insurance, even though the master is designated in the contract.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="665">
            <ArticleTitle>665.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If in the case of insurance of the cargo or of profits to be made or any commission to be gained by its arrival the ship is changed, the underwriter is not liable for events which happen thereafter ; but this does not apply, if the change was for a cause not imputable to the insurer or the insured.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="666">
            <ArticleTitle>666.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If at the time of making the insurance contract the ship in which the goods are to be loaded is not specified, the insurer or the insured must without delay after he has knowledge of the loading of the goods notify the underwriter of the name and the nationality of the ship.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the insurer or the insured fails to give such notice, the contract of insurance loses its effect.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="667">
            <ArticleTitle>667.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The underwriter is not liable for the following kinds of damage and expenses :--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Any damage arising from the nature or de natural waste or from the bad faith or gross negligence of the insurer or the insured ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>In an insurance of ship or freight, any damage arising from the fact that at the beginning of the voyage the necessary preparations for safety on the voyage had not been made, or necessary papers were not on board ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>In an insurance of cargo or of profits to be made or any commission to be gained by its arrival, any damage arising from the bad faith or gross negligence of the charterer, shipper or consignee ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Pilotage, port dues, lighthouse fees, quarantine fees and other ordinary expenses incurred in respect to the ship or cargo for the purposes of the voyage.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="668">
            <ArticleTitle>668.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If damage or expenses not falling under common sea damage do not amount to at least two per cent of the insurable interest exclusive of the costs of adjustment, the underwriter is not bound to make conpensation for them.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If such damage or expenses amount to more than two per cent of the insurable interest, the underwriter must pay the whole amount.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of the two foregoing paragraphs apply correspondingly where the parties have fixed in the contract the proportion of damage or expenses for which the underwriter is not to be liable.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="4">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The proportion'mentioned in the foregoing three paragraphs is to be computed separately for each voyage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="669">
            <ArticleTitle>669.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If cargo insured arrives damaged at the port of discharge, the underwriter is bound to pay a part of the insurable interest bearing such ratio to the sum insured as the value of the damaged cargo bears to its sound value.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="670">
            <ArticleTitle>670.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If cargo insured is sold during the voyage because of any vis major, the loss to be borne by the underwriter is the difference between the proceeds of the sale remaining after the deduction of the freight and other expenses, and the insurable interest. This does not affect the application of Art. 391 in case the insurable interest is only partly insured.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If in the case of the foregoing paragraph the buyer does not pay the price, the underwriter must pay it. On payment he acquires the rights -of the insured against the buyer.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="671">
            <ArticleTitle>671.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the following cases the insured may claim the entire sum insured on abandoning the thing insured to the underwriter:--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the ship is lost ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If she is missing ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If she has become unrepairable ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the ship or cargo is captured ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the ship or cargo is detained by public authority and not liberated for six months.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="672">
            <ArticleTitle>672.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A ship is to be deemed missing, if it is not known for six months whether she is in existence or not.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">In case of a time insurance the insured may abandon, even though the period of his insurance has expired during the period mentioned in the foregoing paragraph ; but the abandonment is invalid, if it is proved that the ship was not lost within the period of insurance.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="673">
            <ArticleTitle>673.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If in the case mentioned in Art. 671, No. 3 the master forwards the cargo without delay by another ship, the insured is not entitled to abandon such cargo.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="674">
            <ArticleTitle>674.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the insured elects to abandon, he must give notice thereof to the underwriter within three months.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In the cases mentioned in Art. 671, Nos. 1, 3 and 4 this period is computed from the time when the insured has knowledge of the cause of abandonment.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>In case of re-insurance the period is computed from the time when the person re-insured receives notice of abandonment from his insured.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="675">
            <ArticleTitle>675.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>An abandonment must be absolute.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">An abandonment must be of the whole subject insured, provided that if the cause of abandonment arises only as to a part thereof, abandonment may be made of that part only.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a part of the insurable interest is insured, abandonment may be made according to the ratio of the sum insured to the insurable interest.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="676">
            <ArticleTitle>676.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>When the underwriter has accepted the abandonment, he cannot object to it afterwards.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="677">
            <ArticleTitle>677.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>By the abandonment the underwriter acquires all the rights of the insured in the subject of insurance.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the insured abandons, he must deliver to the underwriter all papers relating to the subject of insurance.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="678">
            <ArticleTitle>678.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The insured on abandoning must inform the underwriter of all other insurances on the subject of insurance and whether any obligations have arisen on account of them, and if so, of what kind.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The underwriter need not pay the sum insured until he has received the information above mentioned.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a period is fixed for the payment of the sum insured, it is computed from the time when the underwriter receives the aforesaid information.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="679">
            <ArticleTitle>679.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the underwriter does not accept the abandonment, the insured can claim the sum insured only on making proof of the cause of the abandonment.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
        <Chapter Num="6">
          <ChapterTitle>CHAPTER VI. SHIP'S CREDITORS.</ChapterTitle>
          <Article Num="680">
            <ArticleTitle>680.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A holder of any one of the following obligations has a preferential right in the ship, her appurtenances and the unpaid freight:--</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
              <Item Num="1">
                <ItemTitle>1.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Expenses of a sale of the ship and her appurtenances at public auction, and expenses of preservation made after the proceedings for a public sale have been commenced ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="2">
                <ItemTitle>2.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Expenses for the preservation of the ship and its appurtenances at the last port ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="3">
                <ItemTitle>3.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Dues levied on the ship in respect of the voyage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="4">
                <ItemTitle>4.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Pilotage and towage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="5">
                <ItemTitle>5.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Expenses for assistance in distress and salvage and for the ship's portion of common sea damage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="6">
                <ItemTitle>6.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Obligations arising from the necessity of continuing the voyage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="7">
                <ItemTitle>7.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Obligations in favour of the master or other mariners arising out of the contract of hiring ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="8">
                <ItemTitle>8.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>If the ship after having been bought or built has not yet made any voyage, obligations arising from the sale or the building and outfit of the ship ; and also obligations for the outfit, supplies and fuel for her last voyage ;</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
              <Item Num="9">
                <ItemTitle>9.</ItemTitle>
                <ItemSentence>
                  <Sentence>Except as to those mentioned in Nos. 2, 4-6 and 8, the obligations as to which abandonment may be made according to the provisions of Art. 544.</Sentence>
                </ItemSentence>
              </Item>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="681">
            <ArticleTitle>681.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A preferential right of a ship's creditor as to freight exists only in the freight for the voyage on which such preferential right came into existence.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="682">
            <ArticleTitle>682.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If preferential rights of ship's creditors conflict, their priority is governed by the order mentioned in Art. 680 ; but as between those mentioned under Nos. 4-6 of the said article a later right has precedence over an earlier one.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If several ship's creditors have preferential rights of the same rank, each of them receives performance in proportion to the amount of his respective obligation ; but as between the obligations mentioned in Art. 680, Nos. 4-6, which have not arisen at the same time, a later one has precedence over an earlier one.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If preferential rights have arisen in respect to different voyages, a right in respect to a later voyage takes precedence over one in respect to an earlier voyage, notwithstanding the provisions of the two foregoing paragraphs.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="683">
            <ArticleTitle>683.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If a preferential right of a ship's creditor conflicts with another preferential right, the former has precedence.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="684">
            <ArticleTitle>684.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence Function="main" Num="1">If a shipowner assigns his ship, the assignee, after the assignment has been registered, must give public notice to holders of preferential rights to notify him of the obligations existing in their favour within a certain period, which must not be less than one month.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>If the holder of a preferential right fails to give such notice within the time limited, his preferential right is extinguished.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="685">
            <ArticleTitle>685.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A preferential right of a ship's creditor is extinguished after one year from the time when it came into existence.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The preferential right mentioned in Art. 680, No. 8 is extinguished as soon as the ship has started upon a voyage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="686">
            <ArticleTitle>686.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A registered ship can be mortgaged.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="2">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A mortgage includes also the appurtenances of the ship.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph Num="3">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions relating to mortgages of immovables apply correspondingly to mortgages of ships.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="687">
            <ArticleTitle>687.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A preferential right upon a ship can be exercised in precedence of a mortgage.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="688">
            <ArticleTitle>688.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>A registered ship cannot be pledged.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
          <Article Num="689">
            <ArticleTitle>689.</ArticleTitle>
            <Paragraph Num="1">
              <ParagraphNum/>
              <ParagraphSentence>
                <Sentence>The provisions of this chapter apply correspondingly to ships in course of building.</Sentence>
              </ParagraphSentence>
            </Paragraph>
          </Article>
        </Chapter>
      </Part>
    </MainProvision>
  </LawBody>
</Law>